WO2023030443A1 - 无线通信方法和通信装置 - Google Patents

无线通信方法和通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023030443A1
WO2023030443A1 PCT/CN2022/116503 CN2022116503W WO2023030443A1 WO 2023030443 A1 WO2023030443 A1 WO 2023030443A1 CN 2022116503 W CN2022116503 W CN 2022116503W WO 2023030443 A1 WO2023030443 A1 WO 2023030443A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
carrier
information
mcs
channel information
channel
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2022/116503
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
骆喆
李新县
彭金磷
龙毅
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP22863578.5A priority Critical patent/EP4383913A4/en
Priority to CA3231022A priority patent/CA3231022A1/en
Priority to JP2024514712A priority patent/JP7716582B2/ja
Publication of WO2023030443A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023030443A1/zh
Priority to US18/594,759 priority patent/US20240204908A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B17/00—Monitoring; Testing
    • H04B17/30—Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels
    • H04B17/309—Measuring or estimating channel quality parameters
    • H04B17/318—Received signal strength
    • H04B17/328—Reference signal received power [RSRP]; Reference signal received quality [RSRQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0025—Transmission of mode-switching indication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0026—Transmission of channel quality indication
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0023—Time-frequency-space
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621—Feedback content
    • H04B7/0632—Channel quality parameters, e.g. channel quality indicator [CQI]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0002—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
    • H04L1/0003—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0009—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the channel coding

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, to a wireless communication method and a communication device.
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the UE when the UE needs to transmit large data, it generally needs to perform channel measurement on multiple activated carriers. Before the channel measurement results are obtained, the channel information of the above-mentioned carriers is unknown, which leads to a decrease in the transmission rate of the multi-carriers, thereby affecting system transmission performance. Therefore, how to increase the transmission rate of multi-carriers and improve system transmission performance is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a wireless communication method and a communication device, which can increase the transmission rate of multi-carriers and improve system transmission performance.
  • a wireless communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit used for the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the following uses execution by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a terminal device sends first information to a network device on a first carrier, where the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier, where the channel information of the first carrier includes a modulation and coding scheme of the first carrier ( modulation and coding scheme, MCS) and/or spectrum efficiency; the terminal device receives second information from the network device, the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier, and the second information is used to indicate the second carrier Channel information, where the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier, where the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the channel information of the first carrier.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of other carriers without channel information feedback are obtained based on the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier. That is to say, the scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier can be implemented without performing time-frequency synchronization and channel measurement on the second carrier.
  • the method can improve spectrum utilization efficiency, increase the transmission rate before other carriers feed back channel information, thereby reducing system transmission delay and improving system transmission performance.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to real-time shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, channel quality indication (channel quality indication, CQI), MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device bears a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) on the second carrier, and the terminal device can be on the corresponding second carrier Receive downlink data or send uplink data.
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the terminal device sends third information to the network device, where the third information is used to indicate the first association information, and the first association information is used to indicate the first carrier and
  • the difference information between channels of the second carrier, the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the first associated information and the first information.
  • the network device further determines the channel information of the second carrier through the first information (channel information of the first carrier) combined with the third information (channel difference information between the first carrier and the second carrier), which can ensure The accuracy of the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP) of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • radio resource control radio resource control
  • a wireless communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit used for the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the following uses execution by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the terminal device receives channel information of a first carrier and second associated information from a network device, the channel information of the first carrier includes a modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier, and the second associated information uses Indicates the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier; the terminal device determines the channel information of the second carrier according to the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information, and the channel information of the second carrier includes the channel information of the second carrier MCS and/or spectral efficiency.
  • the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of other carriers without channel information feedback are obtained based on the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier. That is to say, the scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier can be implemented without performing time-frequency synchronization and channel measurement on the second carrier.
  • the method can improve spectrum utilization efficiency, increase the transmission rate before other carriers feed back channel information, thereby reducing system transmission delay and improving system transmission performance.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the terminal device receives second information from the network device, and the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier; the terminal device receives the second information based on the second information and the second The carrier channel information is communicated with the network device through the transmission resource on the second carrier.
  • the terminal device sends first information to the network device on the first carrier, where the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier.
  • the terminal device sends third information to the network device, the third information is used to indicate the first associated information, the first associated information is used to determine the second associated information, and the third associated information is used to determine the second associated information.
  • the associated information is used to indicate the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier before updating.
  • the second association information is updated on the basis of the first association information. It can be understood that the second association information is determined by the network device according to the current system resource allocation situation, and has better adaptability and flexibility.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first association information or the second association information includes one or more of the following information: propagation path loss difference, antenna efficiency difference, optimal beam difference, MCS Corresponding relationship, corresponding relationship of spectral efficiency.
  • the value range of the spectral efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W], W satisfies:
  • ⁇ is the propagation path loss difference between the second carrier and the first carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the real-time MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the spectral efficiency of the second carrier may also be any value from 0.6W to 1.2W.
  • the value range of the real-time MCS index of the second carrier may be [V-2, V+1], where V corresponds to the real-time spectral efficiency W.
  • the value range of the spectrum efficiency of the second carrier is [0.7W, 1.2W], or [0.6W, 1.0W], etc.
  • the propagation path loss difference ⁇ between the first carrier and the second carrier satisfies:
  • W is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index V of the second carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier, the reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality (RSRQ), channel quality indication CQI of the first carrier, channel sounding signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) of the first carrier, acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK) or negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment) of the communication device on the first carrier , NACK) information, whether the communication device successfully demodulates the information on the first carrier.
  • the reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier the reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality (RSRQ), channel quality indication CQI of the first carrier, channel sounding signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) of the first carrier, acknowledgment (acknowledgment, ACK) or negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment) of the communication device on the first carrier , NACK) information, whether the communication device successfully demodulates the information on the first carrier.
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • CQI channel quality indication
  • SRS channel sound
  • the network device may send the fourth information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives fourth information from the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to simultaneously schedule transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate channel information of the first carrier and the second carrier. That is, the terminal device transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier according to the fourth information.
  • the fourth information includes channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device determines the channel information of the first carrier according to the first information, and determines the updated second associated information after combining the first associated information among multiple carriers, and sends the second associated information to the terminal device. Subsequently, when the network device sends fourth information for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, it may send the channel information of the first carrier to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device obtains the channel information of the second carrier from the second associated information according to the channel information of the first carrier, and simultaneously transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • This implementation method can meet the diversified scheduling requirements of communication, achieve the effect of obtaining the channel information of the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier, improve the transmission rate before the second carrier feeds back the channel information, and further improve the system transmission performance.
  • a wireless communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit used for the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the implementation by a network device is taken as an example below for description.
  • the method includes: the network device receives first information from the terminal device on the first carrier, the first information is used to determine the channel information of the first carrier, and the channel information of the first carrier includes the modulation and coding scheme MCS and /or spectrum efficiency; the network device sends second information to the terminal device, the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier, the second information is used to indicate channel information of the second carrier, and the channel information of the second carrier includes the first For the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the two carriers, the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of other carriers without channel information feedback are obtained based on the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier. That is to say, the transmission resources on the second carrier can be scheduled without performing time-frequency synchronization and channel measurement on the second carrier.
  • the method can improve spectrum utilization efficiency, increase the transmission rate before other carriers feed back channel information, thereby reducing system transmission delay and improving system transmission performance.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device determines the channel information of the first carrier according to the first information; the network device determines the channel information of the second carrier according to the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device successively determines the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier, so as to implement subsequent scheduling of transmission resources on the first carrier and/or the second carrier.
  • the network device receives third information from the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate the first associated information, and the first associated information is used to indicate the first carrier and the second Difference information between channels of the two carriers; the network device determines channel information of the second carrier according to the first associated information and the first information.
  • the network device further determines the channel information of the second carrier through the first information (channel information of the first carrier) combined with the third information (channel difference information between the first carrier and the second carrier), which can ensure The accuracy of the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • a wireless communication method is provided, and the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit used for the network device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the implementation by a network device is taken as an example below for description.
  • the method includes: the network device sends channel information of the first carrier and second associated information to the terminal device, the channel information of the first carrier includes a modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier, and the second associated information is used to Indicates the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier, the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information are used to determine the channel information of the second carrier, the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and / or spectral efficiency.
  • the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of other carriers without channel information feedback are obtained based on the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier. That is to say, the scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier can be implemented without performing time-frequency synchronization and channel measurement on the second carrier.
  • the method can improve spectrum utilization efficiency, increase the transmission rate before other carriers feed back channel information, thereby reducing system transmission delay and improving system transmission performance.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier.
  • the network device receives first information from the network device on the first carrier; the network device determines channel information of the first carrier according to the first information.
  • the network device receives third information from the network device, the third information is used to indicate the first associated information, and the first associated information is used to indicate the first Difference information between channels of the carrier and the second carrier; the network device determines the second association information according to the first association information.
  • the second association information is updated on the basis of the first association information. It can be understood that the second association information is determined by the network device according to the current system resource allocation situation, and has better adaptability and flexibility.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first association information or the second association information includes one or more of the following information: propagation path loss difference, antenna efficiency difference, optimal beam difference, MCS Corresponding relationship, corresponding relationship of spectral efficiency.
  • the value range of the spectral efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W], W satisfies:
  • ⁇ is the propagation path loss difference between the second carrier and the first carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the real-time MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the spectral efficiency of the second carrier may also be any value from 0.6W to 1.2W.
  • the value range of the real-time MCS index of the second carrier may be [V-2, V+1], where V corresponds to the real-time spectral efficiency W.
  • the value range of the spectrum efficiency of the second carrier is [0.7W, 1.2W], or [0.6W, 1.0W], etc.
  • the propagation path loss difference ⁇ between the first carrier and the second carrier satisfies:
  • W is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index V of the second carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier, the reference signal received quality RSRQ of the first carrier, the first The channel quality indicator CQI of a carrier, the channel sounding signal SRS of the first carrier, the acknowledgment ACK or negative acknowledgment NACK information of the communication device on the first carrier, and information on whether the communication device successfully demodulates the first carrier.
  • the network device may send the fourth information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives fourth information from the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to simultaneously schedule transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate channel information of the first carrier and the second carrier. That is, the terminal device transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier according to the fourth information.
  • the fourth information includes channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device determines the channel information of the first carrier according to the first information, and determines the updated second associated information after combining the first associated information among multiple carriers, and sends the second associated information to the terminal device. Subsequently, when the network device sends fourth information for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, it may send the channel information of the first carrier to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device obtains the channel information of the second carrier from the second associated information according to the channel information of the first carrier, and simultaneously transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • This implementation method can meet the diversified scheduling requirements of communication, achieve the effect of obtaining the channel information of the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier, improve the transmission rate before the second carrier feeds back the channel information, and further improve the system transmission performance.
  • a wireless communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured for a terminal device to send first information to a network device on a first carrier, the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier, and the first carrier
  • the channel information includes the modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, the second information is used to schedule the transmission resources on the second carrier, and the second information is used to indicate
  • the channel information of the second carrier, the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier, the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the terminal device to send third information to the network device, the third information is used to indicate the first association information, and the first association information is used to indicate The difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the channel of the second carrier, the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the first associated information and the first information.
  • the network device further determines the channel information of the second carrier through the first information (channel information of the first carrier) combined with the third information (channel difference information between the first carrier and the second carrier), which can ensure The accuracy of the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • a wireless communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured for a terminal device to receive channel information of a first carrier and second associated information from a network device, where the channel information of the first carrier includes modulation of the first carrier With the coding scheme MCS and/or spectral efficiency, the second association information is used to indicate the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier; the processing unit is used for the terminal device to use the channel information of the first carrier and the second association The information determines channel information of the second carrier, and the channel information of the second carrier includes MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the terminal device to receive second information from the network device, where the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier; the terminal device based on The second information and the channel information of the second carrier are communicated with the network device through transmission resources on the second carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the terminal device to send first information to the network device on the first carrier, where the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the terminal device to send third information to the network device, the third information is used to indicate the first association information, and the first association information is used to determine The second association information, the first association information is used to indicate the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier before updating.
  • the second association information is updated on the basis of the first association information. It can be understood that the second association information is determined by the network device according to the current system resource allocation situation, and has better adaptability and flexibility.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • At least one of the first association information or the second association information includes one or more of the following information: propagation path loss difference, antenna efficiency difference, optimal Beam difference, MCS correspondence, and spectrum efficiency correspondence.
  • the value range of the real-time spectral efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W], W satisfies:
  • ⁇ is the propagation path loss difference between the second carrier and the first carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the real-time MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the spectral efficiency of the second carrier may also be any value from 0.6W to 1.2W.
  • the value range of the real-time MCS index of the second carrier may be [V-2, V+1], where V corresponds to the real-time spectral efficiency W.
  • the value range of the spectrum efficiency of the second carrier is [0.7W, 1.2W], or [0.6W, 1.0W], etc.
  • the propagation path loss difference ⁇ between the first carrier and the second carrier satisfies:
  • W is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index V of the second carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier, the reference signal received quality RSRQ of the first carrier, the first The channel quality indicator CQI of a carrier, the channel sounding signal SRS of the first carrier, the positive acknowledgment ACK or negative acknowledgment NACK information of the communication device on the first carrier, and information on whether the communication device successfully demodulates the first carrier.
  • a wireless communication apparatus including: a transceiver unit, configured for a network device to receive first information from a terminal device on a first carrier, the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier, and the first The channel information of the carrier includes the modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier; the transceiver unit is also used for the network device to send second information to the terminal device, and the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier, The second information is used to indicate channel information of the second carrier, where the channel information of the second carrier includes MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier, and the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the processing unit is used for the network device to determine the channel information of the first carrier according to the first information; and for the network device to determine the channel of the second carrier according to the channel information of the first carrier information.
  • the network device successively determines the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier, so as to implement subsequent scheduling of transmission resources on the first carrier and/or the second carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further used for the network device to receive third information from the terminal device, the third information is used to indicate the first association information, and the first association information is used for Indicating difference information between channels of the first carrier and the second carrier; a processing unit configured for the network device to determine channel information of the second carrier according to the first associated information and the first information.
  • the network device further determines the channel information of the second carrier through the first information (channel information of the first carrier) combined with the third information (channel difference information between the first carrier and the second carrier), which can ensure The accuracy of the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the network device may send the fourth information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives fourth information from the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to simultaneously schedule transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate channel information of the first carrier and the second carrier. That is, the terminal device transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier according to the fourth information.
  • the fourth information includes channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device determines the channel information of the first carrier according to the first information, and determines the updated second associated information after combining the first associated information among multiple carriers, and sends the second associated information to the terminal device. Subsequently, when the network device sends fourth information for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, it may send the channel information of the first carrier to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device obtains the channel information of the second carrier from the second associated information according to the channel information of the first carrier, and simultaneously transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • This implementation method can meet the diversified scheduling requirements of communication, achieve the effect of obtaining the channel information of the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier, improve the transmission rate before the second carrier feeds back the channel information, and further improve the system transmission performance.
  • a wireless communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured for a network device to send channel information of a first carrier and second associated information to a terminal device, where the channel information of the first carrier includes modulation and Coding scheme MCS and/or spectral efficiency, the second associated information is used to indicate the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier, the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information are used to determine the channel of the second carrier
  • the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the channel information of the second carrier refer to shared channel information.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation manner can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to send second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to receive first information from the network device on the first carrier; the network device determines the channel of the first carrier according to the first information information
  • the transceiver unit is further configured for the network device to receive third information from the network device, the third information is used to indicate the first association information, and the first association information is used to Indicating difference information between channels of the first carrier and the second carrier before updating; a processing unit configured for the network device to determine the second association information according to the first association information.
  • the second association information is updated on the basis of the first association information. It can be understood that the second association information is determined by the network device according to the current system resource allocation situation, and has better adaptability and flexibility.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • At least one of the first associated information or the second associated information includes one or more of the following information: propagation path loss difference, antenna efficiency difference, maximum Optimal beam difference, MCS correspondence, and spectrum efficiency correspondence.
  • the value range of the real-time spectral efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W], W satisfies:
  • ⁇ is the propagation path loss difference between the second carrier and the first carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the real-time MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the spectral efficiency of the second carrier may also be any value from 0.6W to 1.2W.
  • the value range of the real-time MCS index of the second carrier may be [V-2, V+1], where V corresponds to the real-time spectral efficiency W.
  • the value range of the spectrum efficiency of the second carrier is [0.7W, 1.2W], or [0.6W, 1.0W], etc.
  • the propagation path loss difference ⁇ between the first carrier and the second carrier satisfies:
  • W is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index V of the second carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: the reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier, the reference signal received quality RSRQ of the first carrier, the first The channel quality indicator CQI of a carrier, the channel sounding signal SRS of the first carrier, the positive acknowledgment ACK or negative acknowledgment NACK information of the communication device on the first carrier, and information on whether the communication device successfully demodulates the first carrier.
  • the network device may send the fourth information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives fourth information from the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to simultaneously schedule transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate channel information of the first carrier and the second carrier. That is, the terminal device transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier according to the fourth information.
  • the fourth information includes channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device determines the updated second associated information after combining the first associated information among multiple carriers, and sends the second associated information to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends fourth information for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, it may send the channel information of the first carrier to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device obtains the channel information of the second carrier from the second associated information according to the channel information of the first carrier, and simultaneously transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • This implementation method can meet the diversified scheduling requirements of communication, achieve the effect of obtaining the channel information of the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier, improve the transmission rate before the second carrier feeds back the channel information, and further improve the system transmission performance.
  • a terminal device including a processor, and optionally, a memory
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call from the memory And run the computer program, so that the terminal device executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device execute the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect methods in methods.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the terminal device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a network device including a processor, and optionally, a memory
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call from the memory And run the computer program, so that the network device executes the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or makes the terminal device execute the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect methods in methods.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the network device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device including: various modules or units for implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or for implementing the second aspect or the second aspect
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication system, including: a terminal device, configured to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect above, or to execute the second aspect or the second aspect above A method in any possible implementation manner; and a network device, configured to perform the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or to implement the second aspect or any one of the second aspect Methods in Possible Implementations.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer programs or codes, and when the computer programs or codes run on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect or the first A method in any possible implementation of the second aspect, a method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect, a method in the third aspect or any of the possible implementations of the third aspect, and the fourth aspect or The method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a chip including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the installation
  • the terminal device with the system-on-a-chip executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect, or makes the terminal device installed with the chip system execute the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect
  • the method in the way, and make the network device installed with the chip system execute the third aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or make the network device installed with the chip system execute the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect A method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
  • the chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a terminal device, the terminal device executes any one of the first aspect or the first aspect The method in a possible implementation manner, or causing the terminal device to execute the method in the second aspect or any of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, and when the computer program code is run by the network device, causing the network device to execute the second aspect Aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, or make the network device execute the fourth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a wireless communication method and a communication device are provided.
  • the terminal device explicitly or implicitly sends the auxiliary information of the first carrier to the network device.
  • the channel information of the second carrier is estimated from the difference of the channel information or the multi-carrier historical information, which is used to schedule the terminal equipment to transmit resources on the second carrier.
  • the method achieves the effect of obtaining the MCS of other carriers without channel information feedback based on the MCS of one carrier, improves the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel-related information, and improves the system transmission performance.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system to which this application is applied.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of yet another example of a wireless communication method to which the present application is applied.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of an example of a method for completing initial access by a UE applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another example of a method for completing initial access by a UE applicable to the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an example of a wireless communication device to which the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another example of a wireless communication device to which the present application is applied.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD Time division duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
  • WIMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • WIFI wireless-fidelity
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • the mobile communication system will not only support traditional communication, but also support such as device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, for example, vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian ( Vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc., long term evolution-vehicle (LTE-V) technology for vehicle-to-vehicle communication, machine type communication (MTC), IoT Internet of Things (IoT), Industrial Internet, long term evolution-machine (LTE-M) for machine-to-machine communication, etc.
  • LTE-V long term evolution-vehicle
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to various communication systems based on non-orthogonal multiple access technologies.
  • a sparse code multiple access (sparse code multiple access, SCMA) system SCMA can also be called other names in the communication field.
  • SCMA sparse code multiple access
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a multi-carrier transmission system using non-orthogonal multiple access technology, for example, using non-orthogonal multiple access technology orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM), filter bank multi-carrier (FBMC), generalized frequency division multiplexing (GFDM), filtered-OFDM (F-OFDM) systems, etc. .
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • FBMC filter bank multi-carrier
  • GFDM generalized frequency division multiplexing
  • F-OFDM filtered-OFDM
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include at least one network device, such as a network device 101 .
  • the communication system may also include at least one terminal device, such as terminal devices 102 to 107 .
  • the terminal devices 102 to 107 may be mobile or fixed.
  • Each of the network device 101 and one or more of the terminal devices 102 to 107 may communicate via a wireless link. That is, network devices can send signals to terminal devices, and terminal devices can also send signals to network devices.
  • each network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may send uplink data to the network device based on the configuration information.
  • the network device may send downlink data to the terminal device. Therefore, the network device 101 and the terminal devices 102 to 107 in FIG. 1 constitute a communication system.
  • terminal devices can also communicate directly with each other.
  • direct communication between terminal devices can be realized by using D2D technology and the like.
  • the D2D technology can be used for direct communication between terminal devices 105 and 106 and between terminal devices 105 and 107 .
  • Terminal device 106 and terminal device 107 may communicate with terminal device 105 individually or simultaneously.
  • the terminal devices 105 to 107 may also communicate with the network device 101 respectively. On the one hand, it can directly communicate with the network device 101 , for example, the terminal devices 105 and 106 in the figure can directly communicate with the network device 101 . On the other hand, it can communicate with the network device 101 indirectly, for example, the terminal device 107 in the figure communicates with the network device 101 via the terminal device 105.
  • FIG. 1 shows a network device, multiple terminal devices, and communication links between communication devices.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices, for example, more or fewer terminal devices. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • Each of the aforementioned communication devices may be configured with multiple antennas.
  • the plurality of antennas may include at least one transmit antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receive antenna for receiving signals.
  • each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, and those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they all include a plurality of components related to signal transmission and reception (such as processors, modulators, multiplexers, etc.) , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, the network device and the terminal device can communicate through the multi-antenna technology.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which are not specifically described in this application.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the embodiments of the present application are based on signal transmission, and are also applicable to scenarios of homogeneous networks and heterogeneous networks, low-frequency scenarios (sub 6G), high-frequency scenarios (above 6G), terahertz, optical communication, frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) and time division duplex (TDD) systems, non-terrestrial networks (NTN), such as satellite communications, etc.
  • the present application has no limitation on the transmission point, which may be coordinated multi-point transmission between a macro base station and a macro base station, between a micro base station and a micro base station, or between a macro base station and a micro base station. in addition.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applicable to communication between base stations and terminals, between terminals and terminals, and between base stations, and are also applicable to centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) or distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) architecture, and CP/ UP separation architecture, etc.
  • centralized unit centralized unit, CU
  • distributed unit distributed unit
  • CP/ UP separation architecture CP/ UP separation architecture
  • the embodiment of the present application is applicable to a beam-based multi-carrier communication system as shown in FIG. 1 , such as an NR system.
  • the system includes uplink (terminal equipment to network equipment) and downlink (access network equipment to terminal equipment) communications in the communication system.
  • uplink communication includes transmission of uplink physical channels and uplink signals
  • downlink communication includes transmission of downlink physical channels and downlink signals.
  • the uplink physical channels include: random access channel (random access channel, PRACH), uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), uplink data channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH), etc.
  • Uplink signals include: channel sounding signal SRS, uplink control channel demodulation reference signal (PUCCH de-modulation reference signal, PUCCH-DMRS), uplink data channel demodulation reference signal (PUSCH de-modulation reference signal, PUSCH-DMRS), uplink Phase noise tracking reference signal (PTRS), uplink positioning signal, etc.
  • the downlink physical channels include: a broadcast channel (physical broadcast channel, PBCH), a downlink control channel PDCCH, a downlink data channel PDSCH, and the like.
  • Downlink signals include: primary synchronization signal (primary synchronization signal, PSS), secondary synchronization signal (secondary synchronization signal, SSS), downlink control channel demodulation reference signal (PDCCH de-modulation reference signal, PDCCH-DMRS), downlink data channel solution Modulation reference signal (PDSCH de-modulation reference signal, PDSCH-DMRS), phase noise tracking signal (phase tracking reference signal, PTRS), channel status information reference signal (channel status information reference signal, CSI-RS), cell signal (cell reference signal (CRS), fine synchronization signal (time/frequency tracking reference signal, TRS), positioning reference signal (positioning, RS), etc., which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • a terminal device may be referred to as a user equipment (user equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal , wireless communication devices, user agents or user devices, soft terminals, etc., including various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • UE user equipment
  • UE user equipment
  • an access terminal a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal , wireless communication devices, user agents or user devices, soft terminals, etc., including various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • the terminal can be a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a subscriber unit (subscriber unit), a cellular phone (cellular phone), a smart phone (smart phone), a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, a tablet Computers, wireless modems (modems), handheld devices (handsets), laptop computers (laptop computers), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) terminals, etc.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be a mobile phone, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, an industrial control (industrial Wireless terminals in control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety Terminals, wireless terminals in a smart city, wireless terminals in a smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop , WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld terminal, notebook computer, cordless phone (cordless phone) or wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, terminal equipment in the future 5G network, Or the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, terminal equipment in PLMN, etc.) that will evolve in the future.
  • a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object interconnection. It should be understood that the present application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
  • terminal equipment can also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations.
  • the main functions include collecting data (partial terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network equipment. .
  • the network device may be a device deployed in a radio access network to provide a wireless communication function for a terminal device, and may be a device for communicating with a terminal device or a chip of the device.
  • the network equipment includes but not limited to: radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), access point (access point, AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point) in the wireless fidelity system , TRP), etc., can also be the gNB or transmission point TRP or TP in the 5G NR system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a gNB or transmission point Point network nodes, such as baseband unit BBU, or distributed unit
  • the network equipment in the embodiment of this application may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, etc., and may be base stations in the global mobile communication GSM system or code division multiple access CDMA (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), or a base station (NodeB, NB) in a wideband code division multiple access WCDMA system, or an evolved base station (Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a cloud
  • BTS Global Mobile Communication System
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • Evolutional NodeB, eNB or eNodeB evolved base station
  • the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a future 5G network or Network equipment, etc. in the future evolution of the public land mobile communication network PLMN network.
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • network devices may include centralized units (centralized units, CUs) and distributed units (distributed units, DUs).
  • the network device may also include a radio frequency unit (radio unit, RU) and an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the network device, such as being responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, realizing functions of the radio resource control RRC, and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer.
  • DU implements some functions of network equipment, such as responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) ) layer functions.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Because the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer. Therefore, under this framework, high-level signaling (for example, RRC layer signaling) can also be considered to be sent by the DU, or sent by the DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in the access network RAN, and the CU can also be divided into network devices in the core network CN, which is not limited here.
  • the network device provides services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the network device.
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.), or It may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, and the small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, a femto cell, etc., these Small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the network device can also be a positioning service center, for example, an evolved serving mobile location center (Evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC), a location management function (location measurement unit, LMF), etc., and the positioning service center is used for mobile phone network equipment and Measurement information and location information of end devices.
  • the positioning service center is also responsible for calculating the position of the terminal device's measured quantity, and then determining the position of the terminal device.
  • the information exchange between the terminal device and the positioning service center can be realized through the LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol) or the NR positioning protocol (NR positioning protocol).
  • LTE positioning protocol LTE positioning protocol
  • NR positioning protocol NR positioning protocol
  • the interaction between the network device and the positioning center is realized through LTE positioning protocol A (LTE positioning protocol A, LPPa) or NR positioning protocol A (NR positioning protocol A, NRPPa).
  • the network device and the terminal device include a radio resource control RRC signaling interaction module, a media access control (media access control, MAC) signaling interaction module, and a physical (physical, PHY) signaling interaction module.
  • the RRC signaling interaction module may be: a module used by the network device and the terminal device for sending and receiving RRC signaling.
  • the MAC signaling interaction module may be: a module for the network device and the terminal device to send and receive media access control element (media access control element, MAC CE) signaling.
  • the PHY layer signaling and data interaction module may be: a module for network equipment and terminal equipment to send and receive uplink control signaling or downlink control signaling, uplink and downlink data or downlink data.
  • FDD frequency division multiplexing
  • the FDD spectrum owned by operators is currently very fragmented. Exemplarily, it is found through statistics that the available spectrum information of 63 operators on 1.4-2.6G is scattered. Among them, the bandwidth of 95% of a single carrier is not greater than 30MHz, and 93% of operators have more than two FDD carriers.
  • the aggregated bandwidth of these discrete spectrums is quite large.
  • the aggregated FDD carrier can provide similar downlink bandwidth and 2.4 times the uplink bandwidth as the C-band TDD carrier.
  • carrier aggregation CA technology is introduced to implement FDD carrier aggregation to support larger transmission bandwidth, increase user equipment UE spectrum usage, and improve user experience.
  • carrier aggregation is to aggregate two or more component carriers (component carriers, CCs) together to support a larger transmission bandwidth.
  • the carrier randomly accessed by the terminal device is called the primary carrier component (PCC), and the cell corresponding to the primary carrier is the primary cell (primary cell, PCell).
  • the primary cell and the terminal device maintain a radio resource control RRC connection. It includes a downlink carrier and an uplink carrier. Carriers other than the primary carrier are called secondary carrier components (SCC), and the cell corresponding to the secondary carrier is a secondary cell (SCell), which is used to provide additional radio resources.
  • SCC secondary carrier components
  • SCell secondary cell
  • the secondary cell may include a downlink carrier.
  • the PCell is determined when the connection is established.
  • the SCell is added, modified, and released through the RRC connection reconfiguration message after the initial security activation process.
  • each component carrier corresponds to an independent cell, and generally one component carrier can be equivalent to one cell.
  • the aggregated cells are divided into PCell and SCell.
  • the terminal device performs basic RRC communication, radio link management (radio link management, RLM) and other functions on the PCell, and the SCell is mainly used to increase the transmission bandwidth of the terminal device.
  • RLM radio link management
  • carrier and component carrier can be understood as the same.
  • the CA function can support continuous or non-continuous carrier aggregation.
  • carrier aggregation supports aggregation between different component carriers. Specifically, it includes: aggregation of component carriers of the same or different bandwidths, aggregation of adjacent or non-adjacent component carriers in the same frequency band, aggregation of component carriers in different frequency bands. That is to say, the scenarios of carrier aggregation can be divided into three types, that is, in-band continuous carrier aggregation, in-band non-continuous carrier aggregation and out-of-band non-continuous carrier aggregation.
  • the present application may also support a larger transmission bandwidth by using a manner that one cell includes multiple uplink carriers and/or multiple downlink carriers. At this time, there is no one-to-one correspondence between cells and carriers. That is, a cell may include multiple frequency bands (bands), and may be divided into multiple carriers. That is, multiple carriers belong to the same cell. In the embodiment of the present application, a cell may include one carrier, or may include multiple carriers, which is not specifically limited in the present application. Wherein, the embodiment of the present application describes the technical solution based on the carrier.
  • the current terminal device will not always be in the activated state after configuring multiple SCells, but will be in the deactivated state. End devices activate SCells only when there is large data to transmit.
  • the usual activation process of the SCell under multi-carrier aggregation may include: first, the network device sends a wireless access control-control element (media access control-control element, MAC-CE) for activating the SCell to the terminal device. Then, the terminal device sends a hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat request, HARQ). At the same time, the terminal device starts to wait for the first synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB) on the SCell to perform time-frequency synchronization. After time-frequency synchronization, the terminal equipment waits for the CSI-RS to perform channel measurement. Finally, the terminal device sends the channel state information reference signal report CSI-RS report to the network device, that is, the SCell activation process is completed.
  • the time delay of the SCell activation process generally needs to be more than 30 ms.
  • the time delay can be reduced to more than 10 ms.
  • the terminal device does not need to wait for the SSB on the SCell to perform time-frequency synchronization, but the network device directly sends a temporary reference signal (temporary RS) to the terminal device for time-frequency synchronization. frequency synchronization.
  • temporary RS temporary reference signal
  • the network device configures two sets of BWP configurations for the terminal device on a single carrier with a bandwidth of 100 MHz.
  • the bandwidth configured by one set of BWP is 100 MHz
  • the bandwidth configured by the other set of BWP is 20 MHz.
  • the terminal device can use the BWP configuration with a bandwidth of 20MHz.
  • the network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch to the BWP configuration with a bandwidth of 100MHz.
  • the time delay of the handover process in this implementation is about 1-2ms.
  • the delay of single-carrier BWP handover in NR is less than the delay of SCell activation in multi-carrier CA.
  • a single carrier uses spectrum based on BWP is that different frequencies of a single carrier share the same time-frequency synchronization and shared channel information, so synchronization and channel measurement do not need to be re-performed.
  • time-frequency synchronization and channel information measurement need to be re-performed.
  • the CA-based SCell activation and deactivation method has a longer delay, which will result in lower efficiency of multi-carrier spectrum usage.
  • the time-frequency synchronization can be achieved by sharing the clock source and calibration, due to the difference in propagation path loss and antenna efficiency at different frequencies, it is impossible to achieve the same shared channel information, which will affect the system transmission performance.
  • the present application provides a wireless communication method and device, through which the terminal device explicitly or implicitly sends the auxiliary information of the first carrier to the network device, and the network device estimates the second carrier information based on the auxiliary information of the first carrier.
  • the channel information, or the network device sends updated second associated information to the terminal device based on the auxiliary information of the first carrier reported by the terminal device and the first associated information among multiple carriers, and the terminal device further determines the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the method can improve spectrum utilization efficiency, achieve the effect of obtaining channel information of the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier, increase the transmission rate before the second carrier feeds back the channel information, and further improve system transmission performance.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • a and/or B which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one (one) of a, b and c may represent: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , b and c.
  • a, b and c can be single or multiple.
  • the protocol definition can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (such as terminal devices and network devices).
  • the specific implementation methods of this application No limit.
  • the "protocol” involved in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
  • "for indication” may include direct indication and indirect indication.
  • indication information may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information.
  • the indication manner involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood as covering various methods that can enable the party to be indicated to know the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be sent together as a whole, or can be divided into multiple sub-information to be sent separately, and the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different, and this application does not limit the specific sending method.
  • the sending cycle and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be predefined. For example, it is pre-defined according to the protocol, or configured by the transmitting end device by sending configuration information to the receiving end device.
  • the configuration information may be, for example but not limited to: the carrying mode of the configuration information may be but not limited to: one or at least two of radio resource control signaling, medium access control MAC layer signaling and physical PHY layer signaling The combination.
  • the radio resource control signaling includes RRC signaling
  • the MAC layer signaling includes MAC CE
  • the physical PHY layer signaling includes downlink control information DCI, etc.
  • wireless communication may be simply referred to as “communication”.
  • Communication can also be described as “data transmission”, “information transmission”, “data processing”, etc.
  • Transmitting includes “sending” and “receiving”. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • Carrier refers to a continuous spectrum, which can be uplink carrier, downlink carrier or flexible carrier. Wherein, the flexible carrier is both an uplink carrier and a downlink carrier.
  • the UE can transmit uplink information on the uplink carrier and transmit downlink information on the downlink carrier.
  • Frequency band refers to a continuous spectrum that can be divided into multiple carriers.
  • each cell has a cell ID, and generally carries the broadcast information configured by the cell on its downlink carrier.
  • a cell may include a downlink carrier and/or an uplink carrier, and a UE may access the cell, and transmit uplink information on the uplink carrier of the cell, and/or transmit downlink information on the downlink carrier of the cell.
  • Shared channel information refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers. For example, path loss, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • the shared channel information is channel information that can be shared at the granularity of a carrier.
  • Real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, which can change rapidly with time.
  • CQI is the index number of the channel information fed back by the UE to the base station
  • MCS is the index number of the coded modulation information when the base station schedules the UE to transmit the PDSCH or PUSCH.
  • the index number in the CQI/MCS table has a corresponding relationship with the spectrum efficiency.
  • Historical channel information previously recorded channel information, including MCS, spectrum efficiency, etc.
  • Path loss is the reduction in power density of electromagnetic waves as they propagate through space. Path loss can be caused by many factors, such as free space loss, loss and absorption of refraction, diffraction, reflection, etc.
  • Antenna efficiency difference that is, the difference in antenna efficiency in different frequency bands.
  • Antenna efficiency is the ratio of the radiation power of the antenna to the input power, including the transmission efficiency and reception efficiency.
  • Emission efficiency refers to the electrical efficiency with which an antenna converts the radio frequency power it receives into radiated power
  • reception efficiency refers to the ratio of radio wave power intercepted by the antenna.
  • Optimal beam difference that is, the difference of optimal beams in different frequency bands.
  • a beam refers to a specific combination of dipole elements in an antenna array for directional signal transmission or reception.
  • the optimal beam indicates the beam that maximizes transmit or receive energy. Since the refraction, diffraction, and reflection behaviors of electromagnetic waves are related to frequency bands when electromagnetic waves propagate in space, the optimal beams for different frequency bands may be different.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the terminal device sends first information to the network device on the first carrier.
  • the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
  • the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier, and the channel information of the first carrier includes a modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier.
  • the channel information of the first carrier refers to shared channel information of the first carrier.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier, reference signal received quality RSRQ of the first carrier, channel quality indicator CQI of the first carrier, The channel detection signal SRS, the positive acknowledgment ACK or negative acknowledgment NACK information of the communication device on the first carrier, and the information on whether the communication device successfully demodulates the first carrier.
  • reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier reference signal received quality RSRQ of the first carrier
  • channel quality indicator CQI of the first carrier The channel detection signal SRS, the positive acknowledgment ACK or negative acknowledgment NACK information of the communication device on the first carrier, and the information on whether the communication device successfully demodulates the first carrier.
  • the terminal device sends third information to the network device, where the third information is used to indicate the first association information, and the first association information is used to indicate the channel difference between the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the first associated information and the first information.
  • the network device further determines the channel information of the second carrier through the first information (channel information of the first carrier) combined with the third information (channel difference information between the first carrier and the second carrier), which can ensure The accuracy of the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the first associated information may include a path loss difference value between the first carrier and the second carrier, historical information MCS and/or spectrum efficiency, and the like.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • At least one of the first association information and the second association information may include one or more of the following information: propagation path loss difference, antenna efficiency difference, optimal beam difference, MCS correspondence, spectrum Efficiency Correspondence.
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device.
  • the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier
  • the second information includes indication information of channel information of the second carrier
  • the channel information of the second carrier includes MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier
  • the second The channel information of the carrier is determined by the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the channel information of the second carrier refers to shared channel information of the second carrier.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, and refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device carries the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier
  • the network device before the network device sends the second information to the terminal device, the network device needs to determine the channel information of the second carrier according to the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device determines the channel information of the first carrier according to the first information; the network device determines the channel information of the second carrier according to the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the channel information of the second carrier includes MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier.
  • the MCS index of the first carrier is U
  • the value range of the spectral efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W]
  • W satisfies:
  • ⁇ is the propagation path loss difference between the second carrier and the first carrier
  • Z is the spectral efficiency corresponding to the MCS index of the first carrier being U
  • the value range of the MCS index of the second carrier is [V- 2, V+1]
  • V corresponds to the spectral efficiency W.
  • the spectral efficiency of the second carrier may also be any value from 0.6W to 1.2W.
  • the value range of the spectrum efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W], or [0.7W, 1.2W], or [0.6W, 1.0W], etc.
  • the propagation path loss difference ⁇ between the first carrier and the second carrier satisfies:
  • the network device may send the fourth information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives fourth information from the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to schedule transmission resources on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate channel information of the first carrier and the second carrier. That is, the terminal device transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier according to the fourth information.
  • the fourth information includes channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device determines the channel information of the first carrier according to the first information, and determines the updated second associated information after combining the first associated information among multiple carriers, and sends the second associated information to the terminal device. Subsequently, when the network device sends fourth information for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, it may send the channel information of the first carrier to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device obtains the channel information of the second carrier from the second associated information according to the channel information of the first carrier, and simultaneously transmits resources on the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • This implementation method can meet the diversified scheduling requirements of communication, achieve the effect of obtaining the channel information of the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier, improve the transmission rate before the second carrier feeds back the channel information, and further improve the system transmission performance.
  • the network device obtains the MCS and/or spectral efficiency of other carriers without channel information feedback (for example, the second carrier) based on the MCS and/or spectral efficiency of the first carrier, so as to achieve the MCS based on one carrier to obtain other
  • the effect of MCS without channel information feedback carrier improves transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel-related information, and improves system transmission performance.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device updates the association information between the multi-carriers reported by the terminal device, and Send the updated multi-carrier association information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the channel information of the second carrier in combination with the channel information of the first carrier according to the updated association information, so as to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the network device sends the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information from the network device.
  • the network device and the terminal device include a radio resource control RRC signaling interaction module, a media access control MAC signaling interaction module, and a physical PHY signaling interaction module.
  • the RRC signaling interaction module may be: a module used by the network device and the terminal device for sending and receiving RRC signaling.
  • the MAC signaling interaction module may be: a module for the network device and the terminal device to send and receive media access control element (media access control element, MAC CE) signaling.
  • the PHY layer signaling and data interaction module may be: a module for network equipment and terminal equipment to send and receive uplink control signaling or downlink control signaling, uplink and downlink data or downlink data.
  • the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information may be carried by RRC signaling, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the network device determines the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information.
  • the channel information of the first carrier includes a modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the first carrier
  • the second associated information is used to indicate difference information between channels of the first carrier and the second carrier.
  • the channel information of the first carrier refers to shared channel information of the first carrier.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, which refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • multiple carriers may belong to multiple cells, that is, a carrier aggregation cell.
  • a carrier aggregation cell For example, one cell corresponds to one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier, or one cell corresponds to one flexible carrier.
  • multiple carriers may also belong to the same cell, that is, a cell includes multiple frequency bands, which may be divided into multiple carriers.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the first carrier.
  • the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
  • the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier.
  • the first information includes one or more of the following information: reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier, reference signal received quality RSRQ of the first carrier, channel quality indicator CQI of the first carrier, The channel detection signal SRS, the positive acknowledgment ACK or negative acknowledgment NACK information of the communication device on the first carrier, and the information on whether the communication device successfully demodulates the first carrier.
  • reference signal received power RSRP of the first carrier reference signal received quality RSRQ of the first carrier
  • channel quality indicator CQI of the first carrier The channel detection signal SRS, the positive acknowledgment ACK or negative acknowledgment NACK information of the communication device on the first carrier, and the information on whether the communication device successfully demodulates the first carrier.
  • the terminal device sends the third information to the network device.
  • the network device receives the third information from the terminal device.
  • the third information is used to indicate the first associated information
  • the first associated information is used to determine the second associated information
  • the first associated information is used to indicate difference information between channels of the first carrier and the second carrier before updating.
  • the second association information is updated on the basis of the first association information. It can be understood that the second association information is determined by the network device according to the current system resource allocation situation, and has better adaptability and flexibility.
  • the RSRP of the first carrier is X dBm
  • the RSRP of the second carrier is Y dBm
  • the historical MCS correspondence between the first carrier and the second carrier is: when the first carrier uses the MCS U1, the second carrier uses the MCS V1; when the first carrier uses the MCS U2, the second carrier uses MCS is V2. Then, in combination with the channel information of the first carrier being the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency V, it may also be determined that the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or the spectral efficiency W.
  • the network device combines each MCS of the first carrier as U, and further obtains that the MCS of the second carrier is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1 , so that the corresponding relationship of the MCS between the first carrier and the second carrier can be determined.
  • the representation form of the MCS correspondence relationship may be presented in a table. For example, each MCS 0-27 of the first carrier corresponds to MCS V 0 -V 27 of the second carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine channel information of the second carrier (for example, MCS is V U ) according to received channel information of the first carrier (for example, MCS is U ) and the MCS correspondence.
  • RRC signaling which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • At least one of the first association information or the second association information includes one or more of the following information: propagation path loss difference, antenna efficiency difference, optimal beam difference, MCS correspondence, spectrum efficiency corresponding relationship.
  • the propagation path loss difference ⁇ between the first carrier and the second carrier satisfies:
  • W is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index V of the second carrier
  • Z is the spectrum efficiency corresponding to the MCS index U of the first carrier.
  • the terminal device determines channel information of the second carrier according to the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information.
  • the channel information of the second carrier includes MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier.
  • the channel information of the second carrier refers to shared channel information of the second carrier.
  • the shared channel information may be channel information at the granularity of carriers, and refers to channel information that can be shared within two carriers, including path loss, optimal beam direction, and the like.
  • the real-time channel information refers to the current instantaneous channel information, and the channel information may change rapidly with time. For example, CQI, MCS, spectral efficiency, optimal beam direction, etc.
  • the value range of the spectral efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W], W satisfies:
  • ⁇ is the propagation path loss difference between the second carrier and the first carrier
  • Z is the spectral efficiency corresponding to the MCS index of the first carrier being U
  • the value range of the MCS index of the second carrier is [V- 2, V+1]
  • V corresponds to the spectral efficiency W.
  • the spectral efficiency of the second carrier may also be any value from 0.6W to 1.2W.
  • the value range of the spectrum efficiency of the second carrier is [0.8W, 1.1W], or [0.7W, 1.2W], or [0.6W, 1.0W], etc.
  • the network device sends the second information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, and communicates with the network device through the transmission resource on the second carrier according to the second information and the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the second information is used for scheduling transmission resources on the second carrier.
  • the second information indicates that the terminal device bears the downlink data channel PDSCH or the uplink data channel PUSCH on the second carrier, and the terminal device can receive downlink data or send uplink data on the corresponding second carrier.
  • the terminal device receives the second information from the network device, which may be that the terminal device receives the second information on the first carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on the second carrier, or that the terminal device receives the second information on other
  • the second information is received on the carrier, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the second information may be DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the first carrier.
  • This implementation can reduce the overhead of the terminal device monitoring the DCI.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the DCI on the second carrier, so that resource occupation of the first carrier can be reduced.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to simultaneously scheduling the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, that is, the UE transmits resources on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device on the first carrier for scheduling transmission resources on the first carrier and the second carrier, and the DCI is used to indicate the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier information.
  • This implementation can also perform cross-carrier scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier based on the channel information of the first carrier
  • the network device may send the fourth information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives fourth information from the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to schedule transmission resources on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the fourth information includes channel information of the first carrier and channel information of the second carrier.
  • the fourth information includes channel information of the first carrier.
  • the network device updates the association relationship between the first carrier and the second carrier, and sends it to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can further determine based on the channel information of the first carrier and the updated association relationship between carriers.
  • the channel information of the second carrier to realize the scheduling of transmission resources on the second carrier, achieve the effect of obtaining the MCS of other carriers without channel information feedback based on the MCS of one carrier, improve the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel related information, and improve system transmission performance.
  • the following uses a base station and a UE as examples to illustrate the technical solutions provided in the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station explicitly or implicitly obtains the shared shared channel information difference between multiple carriers, and estimates the modulation and coding scheme MCS of the carrier without channel information feedback according to the auxiliary information of the channel information feedback carrier, so as to use for resource scheduling.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the UE sends auxiliary information #1 to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #1 from the UE.
  • the auxiliary information #1 is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the difference of shared channel information between multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2).
  • the difference in shared channel information between multiple carriers may include: a difference in propagation path loss and a difference in antenna efficiency at different frequencies.
  • auxiliary information #1 provides several ways to realize the explicit or implicit indication of auxiliary information #1, including:
  • Manner 1 (display) that the auxiliary information #1 is the difference value of the shared channel information between multiple carriers of the UE.
  • the UE sends the difference value of shared channel information between multiple carriers to the base station.
  • the difference between carrier 2 and carrier 1 is ⁇ dB.
  • the auxiliary information #1 is ⁇ dB, and the base station can directly determine the difference of the shared channel information between carrier 1 and carrier 2 as ⁇ dB according to the auxiliary information #1.
  • Mode 2 (implicitly) This implementation mode is used to obtain the difference value of the downlink shared channel information. That is, the base station sends a request message to the UE, and the UE feeds back the multi-carrier CSI-RS report to the base station including the reference signal received power RSRP or reference signal received quality RSRQ of the CSI-RS.
  • the unit of RSRP is dBm
  • the unit of RSRQ is dB.
  • Mode 3 (implicitly) This implementation mode is used to obtain the difference value of the downlink shared channel information. That is, the base station sends a request message to the UE, and the UE feeds back the multi-carrier CSI-RS report to the base station including the channel quality indicator CQI of the CSI-RS.
  • the auxiliary information #1 indicates that the CQI of carrier 1 is a, and the CQI of carrier 2 is b.
  • Mode 4 (implicitly) This implementation mode can be used to obtain the difference value of uplink or downlink shared channel information.
  • the UE sends channel sounding signals SRS to the base station respectively on multiple carriers.
  • the auxiliary information #1 indicates that the RSRP of the SRS of carrier 1 is x dBm, and the RSRP of the SRS of carrier 2 is y dBm.
  • the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and sends auxiliary information #2 related to the carrier 1 to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #2 from the UE.
  • auxiliary information #2 may include: the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS, the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the CQI of the CSI-RS, the channel sounding signal SRS of carrier 1, and the feedback One or more of the positive acknowledgment ACK message or negative acknowledgment NACK message, and whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of the carrier 1 according to the auxiliary information #2.
  • the following implementation methods for determining the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 are provided, including:
  • Method 1 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 fed back by the UE.
  • Method 2 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the UE feeds back the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 including the CQI of the CSI-RS to determine the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1.
  • Method 3 This method can be used to obtain the uplink or downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 by measuring and obtaining uplink or downlink (using reciprocity) channel information of carrier 1 according to UE sending SRS on carrier 1.
  • Method 4 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the ACK or NACK information fed back by the UE.
  • Mode 5 This mode is used to obtain the uplink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station determines the real-time MCS of the carrier 2 and the real-time frequency efficiency of the carrier 2 according to the difference between the MCS of the carrier 1 and the shared channel information among multiple carriers.
  • this implementation is when the UE does not feed back auxiliary information related to carrier 2 (for example, the CSI-RS report of carrier 2 includes RSRP or RSRQ or CQI of CSI-RS, and sends SRS on carrier 2, etc.)
  • the UE transmitting on carrier 1 sending auxiliary information related to carrier 1, further estimating the most suitable MCS of carrier 2, and calculating the real-time spectrum efficiency of carrier 2.
  • the real-time MCS of carrier 2 is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1.
  • the real-time MCS of carrier 2 is V, and the spectral efficiency corresponding to V is around W, for example, between 0.8W and 1.1W.
  • the base station sends DCI#1 to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI#1 from the base station.
  • the DCI#1 is used for instructing to switch the frequency spectrum (carrier 1+carrier 2) used at the same time. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • step S420 means that the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and after the implementation of the steps S430 and S440, the base station can determine the real-time MCS and frequency efficiency of the carrier 2.
  • the step S450 indicates that the UE can transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time, that is, the DCI#1 is used to indicate that the UE can switch from the carrier 1 to the carrier 1+carrier 2.
  • this implementation can communicate normally without feeding back the channel information of carrier 2, can improve the transmission efficiency of carrier 2, reduce the time delay of using carrier 2 for transmission, and increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission.
  • this implementation manner may also be used to instruct the UE to switch from carrier 1 to carrier 2, that is, the UE may only transmit on carrier 2.
  • DCI#1 is used to indicate switching of the frequency spectrum used at the same time (for example, carrier 1+carrier 2) (for example, carrier 1+carrier 2) may include:
  • the DCI#1 includes a field indicating the index of the carrier, which is used to instruct the UE to activate the carrier, that is, the UE can transmit on the carrier.
  • the index of carrier 2 is 2, and the value of this field of DCI#1 is 2, indicating that the UE can transmit on carrier 2. Since the UE has already transmitted on the carrier 1, the UE can transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the DCI#1 includes a field indicating the index of the carrier, which is used to instruct the UE to activate the carrier and switch to the carrier, and the UE can transmit on the carrier, but cannot transmit on the original activated carrier.
  • the index of carrier 2 is 2, and the value of this field of DCI#1 is 2, indicating that the UE can only transmit on carrier 2 and cannot transmit on carrier 1.
  • the DCI#1 includes a field indicating a bitmap of activated carriers, each carrier corresponds to a bit of 0 or 1 in the bitmap, and the bit indicates whether the corresponding carrier is activated.
  • carrier 1 corresponds to the first bit
  • carrier 2 corresponds to the second bit, etc.
  • the value of this field of DCI#1 is 11..., indicating that the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the value of this field of DCI#1 is 01..., indicating that the UE can only transmit on carrier 2, but not on carrier 1.
  • the DCI#1 includes a field indicating the index of the BWP of the carrier, which is used to indicate that the BWP of the carrier is activated, and the UE can transmit on the BWP of the carrier.
  • the BWPs of all carriers are uniformly numbered
  • the index of a BWP of carrier 2 is 2
  • the value of this field of DCI#1 is 2, indicating that the UE can transmit on this BWP of carrier 2.
  • the index of the BWP is composed of two parts: the carrier index and the index of the BWP in the carrier.
  • the index of carrier 2 is 2, the index of one of the BWPs is 1, and the value of this field of DCI#1 is [2,1] , indicating that the UE can transmit on this BWP of carrier 2. Since the UE has already transmitted on the carrier 1, the UE can transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the DCI#1 includes a field indicating the index of the carrier's BWP, which is used to indicate that the active BWP is switched to the BWP. That is, the UE can transmit on the BWP of the carrier, but cannot transmit on the original activated BWP.
  • the BWPs of all carriers are uniformly numbered
  • the index of a BWP of carrier 2 is 2
  • the value of this field of DCI#1 is 2, which indicates that the UE can only transmit on this BWP of carrier 2 and cannot transmit on carrier 1.
  • the index of the BWP is composed of two parts: the carrier index and the index of the BWP in the carrier.
  • the index of carrier 2 is 2
  • the index of one of the BWPs is 1
  • the value of this field of DCI#1 is [2,1] , indicating that the UE can only transmit on this BWP of carrier 2, but not on carrier 1.
  • the DCI#1 includes a field indicating the bitmap of the activated carrier, and each BWP of each carrier corresponds to a bit of 0 or 1 in the bitmap, and the bit indicates whether the corresponding BWP of the corresponding carrier is activated.
  • BWP a of carrier 1 corresponds to the first bit
  • BWP b of carrier 1 corresponds to the second bit
  • BWP c of carrier 2 corresponds to the third bit
  • BWP d of carrier 2 corresponds to the fourth bit
  • the BWP e of 3 corresponds to the fifth bit, and there is no constraint here.
  • this field of DCI#1 is 1010..., indicating that the UE can simultaneously transmit on BWPa of carrier 1 and BWP c of carrier 2.
  • the value of this field of DCI#1 is 0010..., indicating that the UE can only transmit on the BWP c of carrier 2, but cannot transmit on carrier 1.
  • the DCI#1 includes a field indicating the activated BWP information of each carrier, and is arranged in sequence. If a carrier has BWP activated, the activated BWP information of the carrier is the serial number of the BWP in the carrier. Only one BWP is activated in a carrier at the same time. If a carrier has no BWP activated, the activated BWP information of the carrier is preset value. For example, carrier 1 has BWP a and BWP b, and the sequence numbers in this carrier are 1 and 2, and carrier 2 has BWP c and BWP d, and the sequence numbers in this carrier are 1 and 2, etc.
  • the value of this field of DCI#1 is 11..., indicating that the UE can simultaneously transmit on BWP a of carrier 1 and BWP c of carrier 2. Or the value of this field of DCI#1 is 21..., indicating that the UE can transmit on BWP b of carrier 1 and BWP c of carrier 2 at the same time. Or the value of this field of DCI#1 is 01..., indicating that the UE can only transmit on the BWP c of carrier 2, but not on carrier 1. Or the value of this field of DCI#1 is 02..., indicating that the UE can only transmit on BWP d of carrier 2, but not on carrier 1.
  • the above is only an exemplary description, and shall not constitute any limitation to the technical solution of the present application.
  • the base station sends DCI#2 to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI#2 from the base station.
  • the DCI#2 is used to instruct to schedule UE to transmit simultaneously on carrier 1 and carrier 2, so as to realize carrier aggregation and improve transmission efficiency. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the DCI#2 includes real-time MCS of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and/or real-time spectrum efficiency.
  • scheduling a carrier for transmission means that the carrier bears the PDSCH or PUSCH, and the UE receives downlink data or sends uplink data on the corresponding carrier.
  • the base station instructs the UE to use the MCS index U on the carrier 1, then use the real-time MCS obtained in the above step S440 on the carrier 2 with the index V.
  • the base station instructs the UE to use the same MCS on carrier 1 and carrier 2 .
  • the index U the real-time MCS of carrier 1
  • the index V the real-time MCS obtained in the above step S540.
  • this implementation is when the UE does not feed back auxiliary information related to carrier 2 (for example, the CSI-RS report of carrier 2 includes RSRP or RSRQ or CQI of CSI-RS, and sends SRS on carrier 2, etc.)
  • the base station instructs the UE to schedule spectrum resources of carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • DCI#1 in step S450 and DCI#2 in step S460 can be used as a whole, that is, the same DCI can be used for transceiving. That is, the DCI is used not only to indicate switching of the frequency spectrum used at the same time, but also to indicate to schedule the UE to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the foregoing DCI#1 may not be sent, that is, the base station only needs to send DCI#2 to the UE.
  • the DCI#2 is used to indicate that the UE needs to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time, and this implementation implies that the UE can transmit on the carrier 2. Therefore, the above-mentioned DCI#1 may not be sent, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the DCI#2 sent by the base station may only include the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1, and/or the real-time spectrum efficiency of carrier 1.
  • DCI#2 may only include the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 at the time of final resource scheduling.
  • the base station acquires the difference of shared channel information of the UE on different carriers (for example, the path loss difference between carrier 1 and carrier 2), and the MCS based on one of the carriers (for example, carrier 1),
  • the MCS of other carriers without channel information feedback (for example, carrier 2) can be obtained.
  • This method can shorten the time delay of using other carriers for transmission, increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission, improve the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel-related information, and improve the system transmission performance.
  • it solves the problem that the channel information of other carriers without channel information feedback is unknown due to the fact that the shared channel information of different frequencies is not completely the same.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 500 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference from method 400 is that in this implementation, the base station determines the multiple The MCS correspondence between carriers is sent to the UE, which can save signaling overhead during subsequent resource scheduling.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the UE sends auxiliary information #A to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #A from the UE.
  • auxiliary information #A is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the difference of shared channel information between multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2).
  • the difference in shared channel information between multiple carriers may include: a difference in propagation path loss and a difference in antenna efficiency at different frequencies.
  • auxiliary information #A The following provides several implementation methods for explicit or implicit indication of auxiliary information #A, including:
  • Mode 1 (display) that the auxiliary information #A is the difference value of the shared channel information between multiple carriers of the UE.
  • the UE sends the difference value of shared channel information between multiple carriers to the base station.
  • the difference between carrier 2 and carrier 1 is ⁇ dB.
  • the auxiliary information #A is ⁇ dB, and the base station can directly determine the difference of the shared channel information between carrier 1 and carrier 2 as ⁇ dB according to the auxiliary information #A.
  • Mode 2 (implicitly) This implementation mode is used to obtain the difference value of the downlink shared channel information. That is, the base station sends a request message to the UE, and the UE feeds back the CSI-RS report of the multi-carrier to the base station, including the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS.
  • Mode 3 (implicitly) This implementation mode is used to obtain the difference value of the downlink shared channel information. That is, the base station sends a request message to the UE, and the UE feeds back the multi-carrier CSI-RS report to the base station including the channel quality indication (channel quality indication, CQI) of the CSI-RS.
  • the auxiliary information #A indicates that the CQI of carrier 1 is a, and the CQI of carrier 2 is b.
  • Mode 4 (implicitly) This implementation mode can be used to obtain the difference value of uplink or downlink shared channel information.
  • the UE sends channel sounding signals SRS to the base station respectively on multiple carriers.
  • the auxiliary information #A indicates that the RSRP of the SRS of carrier 1 is x dBm, and the RSRP of the SRS of carrier 2 is y dBm.
  • the base station determines the MCS correspondence between multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2) according to the difference in shared channel information between multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2).
  • the base station determines that the real-time MCS of carrier 2 is near V, for example, between V-2 and V+1; or, the base station determines that the real-time MCS of carrier 2 is
  • the spectral efficiency corresponding to V is near W, for example, between 0.8W and 1.1W.
  • the MCS is the index number of the coding and modulation information when the base station schedules the UE to transmit the PDSCH or PUSCH.
  • the corresponding relation of MCS may be carried by RRC signaling, and its expression form may be a table.
  • each MCS 0-27 of the carrier 1 has a one-to-one correspondence with the MCS V 0 ⁇ V 27 of the carrier 2.
  • MCSMapping:: SEQUENCE(SIZE(27))OF INTEGER(0..27).
  • the base station sends the MCS correspondence between multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2) to the UE.
  • multiple carriers for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the UE receives the MCS correspondence between multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2 ) from the base station.
  • the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and sends auxiliary information #B related to the carrier 1 to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #B from the UE.
  • the auxiliary information #B may include: the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS, the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the CQI of the CSI-RS, the channel sounding signal SRS of carrier 1, the feedback One or more of the positive acknowledgment ACK message or negative acknowledgment NACK message, and whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the auxiliary information #B.
  • the following implementation methods for determining the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 are provided, including:
  • Method 1 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 fed back by the UE.
  • Method 2 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the UE feeds back the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 including the CQI of the CSI-RS to determine the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1.
  • Method 3 This method can be used to obtain the uplink or downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 by measuring and obtaining uplink or downlink (using reciprocity) channel information of carrier 1 according to UE sending SRS on carrier 1.
  • Method 4 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the ACK or NACK information fed back by the UE.
  • Mode 5 This mode is used to obtain the uplink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station sends DCI#A to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI#A from the base station.
  • the DCI#A is used to indicate to switch the frequency spectrum (carrier 1+carrier 2) used at the same time. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • this implementation can communicate normally without feeding back the channel information of carrier 2, can improve the transmission efficiency of carrier 2, reduce the time delay of using carrier 2 for transmission, and increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission.
  • this implementation manner may also be used to instruct the UE to switch from carrier 1 to carrier 2, that is, the UE may only transmit on carrier 2.
  • DCI#A for instructing to switch the simultaneously used frequency spectrum for example, carrier 1+carrier 2
  • carrier 1+carrier 2 the specific implementation manner of DCI#A for instructing to switch the simultaneously used frequency spectrum
  • the base station sends DCI#B to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI#B from the base station.
  • the DCI#B is used to instruct to schedule the UE to transmit simultaneously on carrier 1 and carrier 2, so as to realize carrier aggregation and improve transmission efficiency. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the DCI#B may include the real-time MCS of the carrier 1 (that is, the index of the MCS is U), and/or the real-time spectral efficiency Z of the carrier 1. Because in step S530, the UE has acquired the correspondence between the real-time MCS between carrier 1 and carrier 2. Therefore, in step S570, the DCI#B sent by the base station may include the real-time MCS of carrier 1 as U. Correspondingly, after receiving the DCI#B, the UE can determine that the real-time MCS of the carrier 2 is V, and the corresponding spectral efficiency is W, that is, V U can be obtained by looking up a table. Then, the UE can perform resource scheduling on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2.
  • This implementation can save signaling overhead, that is, the MCS in DCI#B.
  • the base station instructs the UE to use the real-time MCS index U on the carrier 1, then according to the MCS correspondence obtained in step S530, the UE uses the real-time MCS index V on the carrier 2.
  • the DCI #A in step S560 and the DCI #B in step S570 can be used as a whole, that is, the same DCI can be used for transceiving. That is, the DCI is used not only to indicate switching of the frequency spectrum used at the same time, but also to indicate to schedule the UE to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the foregoing DCI#A may not be sent, that is, the base station only needs to send DCI#B to the UE.
  • the DCI#B is used to indicate that the UE needs to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time, and this implementation implies that the UE can transmit on the carrier 2. Therefore, the above-mentioned DCI#A may not be sent, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • step S530 may not be executed, that is, the base station does not send the real-time MCS and/or frequency efficiency between carrier 1 and carrier 2 to the UE.
  • step S570 the DCI#B sent by the base station needs to include both the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and/or spectrum efficiency. This manner is only an exemplary description, and should not constitute any limitation to the technical solution of the present application.
  • the base station acquires the difference of shared channel information of the UE on different carriers (for example, the path loss difference between carrier 1 and carrier 2), and the MCS based on one of the carriers (for example, carrier 1),
  • the MCS of other carriers without channel information feedback (for example, carrier 2) can be obtained.
  • This method can not only shorten the time delay of using other carriers for transmission, increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission, improve the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel-related information, and improve the system transmission performance.
  • it also saves signaling overhead, and solves the problem of unknown channel information of other non-channel information feedback carriers caused by incomplete shared channel information of different frequencies.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 600 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference from method 400 is that in this implementation, the base station obtains the MCS history correspondence between multiple carriers, and feeds back the information according to the channel information.
  • the auxiliary information of the carrier is used to estimate the MCS of the carrier without channel information feedback for resource scheduling.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • UE simultaneously transmits on multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2), and sends auxiliary information #a related to carrier 1 and carrier 2 to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #a from the UE.
  • the auxiliary information #a may include: the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, the CQI of the CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, the CQI of the carrier 1 and the One or more of the channel sounding signal SRS of the carrier 2, the feedback positive acknowledgment ACK message or negative acknowledgment NACK message, and whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the auxiliary information #a may be a difference in shared channel information between carrier 1 and carrier 2 (for example, path loss difference or antenna efficiency difference).
  • the base station determines the historical real-time MCS correspondence between carrier 1 and carrier 2 according to the auxiliary information #a.
  • the index corresponding to the real-time MCS used by carrier 1 is U1
  • it is determined that the index corresponding to the real-time MCS used by carrier 2 is V1.
  • the MCS used by carrier 2 is V2.
  • the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and sends auxiliary information #b related to the carrier 1 to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #b from the UE.
  • the auxiliary information #b may include: the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS, the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the CQI of the CSI-RS, the channel sounding signal SRS of carrier 1, the feedback One or more of the positive acknowledgment ACK message or negative acknowledgment NACK message, and whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the auxiliary information #b.
  • the following implementation methods for determining the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 are provided, including:
  • Method 1 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 fed back by the UE.
  • Method 2 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the UE feeds back the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 including the CQI of the CSI-RS to determine the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1.
  • Method 3 This method can be used to obtain the uplink or downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 by measuring and obtaining uplink or downlink (using reciprocity) channel information of carrier 1 according to UE sending SRS on carrier 1.
  • Method 4 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the ACK or NACK information fed back by the UE.
  • Mode 5 This mode is used to obtain the uplink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station sends DCI #a to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI#a from the base station.
  • the DCI#a is used to indicate to switch the frequency spectrum (carrier 1+carrier 2) used at the same time. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • this implementation can communicate normally without feeding back the channel information of carrier 2, can improve the transmission efficiency of carrier 2, reduce the time delay of using carrier 2 for transmission, and increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission.
  • this implementation manner may also be used to instruct the UE to switch from carrier 1 to carrier 2, that is, the UE may only transmit on carrier 2.
  • the base station sends DCI #b to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI #b from the base station.
  • the DCI#b is used to instruct to schedule the UE to transmit simultaneously on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, so as to realize carrier aggregation and improve transmission efficiency. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the DCI#2 includes real-time MCS of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and/or real-time spectrum efficiency.
  • the index corresponding to the real-time MCS used by carrier 2 is V3.
  • this implementation is when the UE does not feed back auxiliary information related to carrier 2 (for example, the CSI-RS report of carrier 2 includes RSRP or RSRQ or CQI of CSI-RS, and sends SRS on carrier 2, etc.)
  • the base station instructs the UE to schedule spectrum resources of carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • DCI #a in step S650 and DCI #b in step S660 can be used as a whole, that is, the same DCI can be used for transceiving. That is, the DCI is used not only to indicate switching of the frequency spectrum used at the same time, but also to indicate to schedule the UE to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the foregoing DCI #a may not be sent, that is, the base station only needs to send DCI #b to the UE.
  • the DCI#b is used to indicate that the UE needs to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time, and this implementation implies that the UE can transmit on the carrier 2. Therefore, the above-mentioned DCI#a may not be sent, and this application does not specifically limit it.
  • the real-time MCS correspondence between carrier 1 and carrier 2 determined by the base station in step S620 may be sent to the UE before step S660.
  • the DCI#b sent by the base station may only include the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1, and/or the real-time spectrum efficiency of carrier 1.
  • the base station has sent the multi-carrier real-time MCS to the UE before instructing the UE to schedule spectrum resources, then only the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 may be included in DCI#b at the time of final resource scheduling.
  • the base station acquires the difference of shared channel information of the UE on different carriers (for example, the path loss difference between carrier 1 and carrier 2), and the MCS based on one of the carriers (for example, carrier 1),
  • the MCS of other carriers without channel information feedback (for example, carrier 2) can be obtained.
  • This method can shorten the time delay of using other carriers for transmission, increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission, improve the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel-related information, and improve the system transmission performance.
  • it solves the problem that the channel information of other carriers without channel information feedback is unknown due to the fact that the shared channel information of different frequencies is not completely the same.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of a wireless communication method 700 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference from method 400 is that in this implementation, the base station directly estimates that there is no channel based on the MCS that feeds back the carrier with channel information. The information is fed back to the MCS of the carrier for resource scheduling.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and sends auxiliary information related to the carrier 1 to the base station.
  • the base station receives assistance information from the UE.
  • the auxiliary information may include: the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS, the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 includes the CQI of the CSI-RS, the channel sounding signal SRS of carrier 1, and the affirmation of the feedback One or more of an ACK message or a negative acknowledgment NACK message, and whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the auxiliary information.
  • the index corresponding to the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 determined by the base station is U.
  • the following implementations for determining the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 are provided, including:
  • Method 1 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 fed back by the UE.
  • Method 2 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the UE feeds back the CSI-RS report of carrier 1 including the CQI of the CSI-RS to determine the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1.
  • Method 3 This method can be used to obtain the uplink or downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 by measuring and obtaining uplink or downlink (using reciprocity) channel information of carrier 1 according to UE sending SRS on carrier 1.
  • Method 4 This method is used to obtain the downlink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to the ACK or NACK information fed back by the UE.
  • Mode 5 This mode is used to obtain the uplink MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1 according to whether the uplink data of the UE is successfully demodulated.
  • the base station estimates the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 2 according to the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 1.
  • the base station estimates that the index V corresponding to the real-time MCS used by carrier 2 is near U, for example, between U-2 and U+2, that is, V ⁇ (U-2, U+2).
  • the base station estimates that the index V corresponding to the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 2 is between U-2 and U.
  • the base station estimates that the index V corresponding to the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 2 is between U and U+2.
  • the index U of the real-time MCS of carrier 1 corresponds to the spectral efficiency Z
  • the index V of the real-time MCS of carrier 2 corresponds to the spectral efficiency W.
  • the base station sends DCI# ⁇ to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI# ⁇ from the base station.
  • the DCI# ⁇ is used for instructing to switch the frequency spectrum (carrier 1+carrier 2) used at the same time. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • this implementation can communicate normally without feeding back the channel information of carrier 2, can improve the transmission efficiency of carrier 2, reduce the time delay of using carrier 2 for transmission, and increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission.
  • this implementation manner may also be used to instruct the UE to switch from carrier 1 to carrier 2, that is, the UE may only transmit on carrier 2.
  • the base station sends DCI # ⁇ to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI # ⁇ from the base station.
  • the DCI# ⁇ is used to instruct to schedule the UE to transmit simultaneously on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, so as to realize carrier aggregation and improve transmission efficiency. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the DCI# ⁇ includes real-time MCSs of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and/or real-time spectrum efficiency.
  • the real-time MCS used by carrier 1 and carrier 2 provided in step S730 refer to the real-time MCS used by carrier 1 and carrier 2 provided in step S730 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the DCI# ⁇ may include the real-time MCS of the carrier 1, and/or the real-time spectrum efficiency. Then, the base station needs to send the corresponding relationship between the real-time MCS of carrier 1 and carrier 2 to the UE before step S850.
  • the UE when the UE receives the real-time MCS corresponding index of carrier 1 in DCI# ⁇ as U, then the real-time MCS corresponding index V used for scheduling resources on carrier 2 is near U, for example, between U-2 and U Between +2. If the spectral efficiency Z of carrier 1 in DCI# ⁇ received by the UE is lower than the spectral efficiency W of carrier 2, then the base station estimates that the index V corresponding to the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 2 is between U-2 and U. If the spectral efficiency Z of carrier 1 in DCI# ⁇ received by the UE is higher than the spectral efficiency W of carrier 2, then the base station estimates that the index V corresponding to the real-time (current) MCS of carrier 2 is between U and U+2.
  • the above implementation manners are only exemplary descriptions, and should not constitute any limitation to the technical solution of the present application.
  • the DCI # ⁇ in the above step S740 and the DCI # ⁇ in the step S750 can be used as a whole, that is, the same DCI can be used for transceiving. That is, the DCI is used not only to indicate switching of the frequency spectrum used at the same time, but also to indicate to schedule the UE to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the foregoing DCI # ⁇ may not be sent, that is, the base station only needs to send the DCI # ⁇ to the UE.
  • the DCI# ⁇ is used to indicate that the UE needs to transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time, and this implementation implies that the UE can transmit on the carrier 2. Therefore, the above-mentioned DCI# ⁇ may not be sent, and this application does not specifically limit it.
  • the base station acquires the difference of shared channel information of the UE on different carriers (for example, the path loss difference between carrier 1 and carrier 2), and the MCS based on one of the carriers (for example, carrier 1),
  • the MCS of other carriers without channel information feedback (for example, carrier 2) can be obtained.
  • This method can not only shorten the time delay of using other carriers for transmission, increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission, improve the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel-related information, and improve the system transmission performance.
  • it solves the problem that the channel information of other carriers without channel information feedback is unknown due to the fact that the shared channel information of different frequencies is not completely the same.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart of a wireless communication method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference from method 400 is that in this implementation, the base station explicitly or implicitly obtains the optimal beam among multiple carriers. difference, and according to the optimal beam information of the carrier with channel information feedback, the optimal beam of the carrier without channel information feedback is estimated for resource scheduling.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the UE sends auxiliary information #a to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #a from the UE.
  • auxiliary information #a is used to explicitly or implicitly indicate the optimal beam difference between multiple carriers (for example, carrier 1 and carrier 2).
  • auxiliary information #1 provides several ways to realize the explicit or implicit indication of auxiliary information #1, including:
  • the auxiliary information #a is the correspondence relationship of the optimal beam among different carriers of the UE, and the base station explicitly obtains the correspondence relationship of the optimal beam.
  • the auxiliary information #a is the optimal beam used by the UE on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 respectively, and the base station implicitly obtains the corresponding relationship of the optimal beam.
  • the corresponding relationship of the optimal beam may include:
  • Carrier 1 and carrier 2 share the same optimal beam.
  • the optimal beams used by carrier 2 are B1, B2, B3; when carrier 1 uses the optimal beam A2, the optimal beams used by carrier 2 are B4, B5, B6 .
  • the optimal beam used by carrier 2 may be the same as that used by carrier 1; or the optimal beam used by carrier 2 may be different from the optimal beam used by carrier 1, wherein the number of optimal beams used by carrier 2 is greater than or equal to 1. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and sends auxiliary information #b related to the carrier 1 to the base station.
  • the base station receives auxiliary information #b from the UE.
  • the auxiliary information #b may include: RSRP or RSRQ of CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1, CQI of CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1, carrier 1 channel sounding signal SRS for multiple beams.
  • the auxiliary information #b may include: the real-time optimal beam of carrier 1.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1 according to the auxiliary information #b.
  • the following implementation methods for determining the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1 are provided, including:
  • Method 1 The base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1, that is, the beam corresponding to the maximum RSRP or maximum RSRQ, according to the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 fed back by the UE including the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS
  • Method 2 The base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1, that is, the beam corresponding to the maximum CQI, according to the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 fed back by the UE including the CSI-RS CQI.
  • Method 3 UE sends SRS on multiple beams of carrier 1, and the base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1 according to the SRS, such as the beam corresponding to RSRP or RSRQ of the largest SRS.
  • the base station determines one or more optimal beams of carrier 2 according to the optimal beam of carrier 1 and the optimal beam difference among multiple carriers.
  • this implementation is when the UE does not feed back auxiliary information related to carrier 2 (for example, the CSI-RS report of carrier 2 includes RSRP or RSRQ or CQI of CSI-RS, and sends SRS on carrier 2, etc.)
  • the optimal beam most suitable for carrier 2 is further estimated.
  • the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 share the same optimal beam.
  • the real-time optimal beam of carrier 1 is beam 1
  • the real-time optimal beam of carrier 2 is also beam 1. If the real-time optimal beam of carrier 1 is beam 2, then the real-time optimal beam of carrier 2 is also beam 2.
  • the optimal beams that the carrier 2 can use are B1, B2, and B3.
  • the optimal beams that carrier 2 can use are B4, B5, and B6.
  • the real-time optimal beam of carrier 1 is beam A1
  • the real-time optimal beam of carrier 2 is one of beams B1, B2, and B3. If the real-time optimal beam of carrier 1 is beam A2, then the real-time optimal beam of carrier 2 is one of beams B4, B5, and B6.
  • the base station sends DCI#Aa to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI#Aa from the base station.
  • the DCI#Aa is used to indicate to switch the frequency spectrum (carrier 1+carrier 2) used at the same time. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • step S820 means that the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and after the implementation of the steps S830 and S840, the base station can determine the optimal beam of the carrier 2 in real time.
  • the step S850 indicates that the UE can transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time, that is, the DCI#Aa is used to indicate that the UE can switch from the carrier 1 to the carrier 1+carrier 2.
  • this implementation can communicate normally without feeding back the channel information of carrier 2, can improve the transmission efficiency of carrier 2, reduce the time delay of using carrier 2 for transmission, and increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission.
  • this implementation manner may also be used to instruct the UE to switch from carrier 1 to carrier 2, that is, the UE may only transmit on carrier 2.
  • the base station performs transmission and measurement through the optimal beams on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2.
  • the optimal beam on the carrier 2 is one or more beams of the real-time optimal beam obtained in step S840.
  • the base station estimates the real-time optimal beam of carrier 2 through the real-time optimal beam of carrier 1 and the optimal beam difference between carriers for resource scheduling and transmission.
  • the real-time optimal beam used by the base station on carrier 1 is beam A1
  • the real-time optimal beam used on carrier 2 is one or more of beams B1, B2, and B3.
  • the real-time optimal beam used by the base station on carrier 1 is beam A2
  • the real-time optimal beam used on carrier 2 is one of beams B4, B5, and B6.
  • the base station uses the same optimal beam on carrier 1 and carrier 2.
  • the real-time optimal beam used by the base station on carrier 1 is beam 1, and the real-time optimal beam used on carrier 2 is also beam 1.
  • the real-time optimal beam used by the base station on carrier 1 is beam 2, and the real-time optimal beam used on carrier 2 is also beam 2.
  • the base station estimates the optimal beam (or optimal beam range) of other carriers without channel information feedback by obtaining the optimal beam difference of the UE on different carriers and based on the optimal beam of a carrier with channel information feedback , improve the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel related information, reduce the time delay of using other carriers for transmission, increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission, and solve the problem of unknown channel information of other carriers without channel information feedback.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 900 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference from method 400 is that in this implementation, the UE reports whether it is moving, and the base station determines whether the UE is moving or not according to whether the UE is moving. The optimal beam needs to be rescanned.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the UE simultaneously transmits on the optimal beams on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, and sends auxiliary information related to the carrier 1 and the carrier 2.
  • the auxiliary information may include: RSRP or RSRQ of CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the CQI of , the channel sounding signal SRS of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2 may include: RSRP or RSRQ of CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the CQI of , the channel sounding signal SRS of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2 may include: RSRP or RSRQ of CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and CSI-RS included in the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2
  • the CQI of , the channel sounding signal SRS of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2 may include:
  • the auxiliary information is the correspondence between the optimal beams of the UE on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2; or, the auxiliary information is the real-time (current) optimal beams used by the UE on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 respectively.
  • the base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beam of the carrier 2 according to the auxiliary information related to the carrier 2.
  • the following implementation methods for determining the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1 are provided, including:
  • Method 1 The base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1 and carrier 2 according to the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2 fed back by the UE, including the RSRP or RSRQ of the CSI-RS, that is, the maximum RSRP Or the beam corresponding to the maximum RSRQ.
  • Method 2 The base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2 according to the CSI-RS report of multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2 fed back by the UE, which includes the CSI-RS CQI, that is, the maximum CQI corresponding beam.
  • Mode 3 The UE sends SRS on multiple beams of carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the base station determines the real-time (current) optimal beam of carrier 1 and carrier 2 according to the SRS, such as the beam corresponding to the RSRP or RSRQ of the maximum SRS.
  • the UE sends an identifier of whether to move to the base station.
  • the base station receives the identifier of whether to move from the UE.
  • the UE does not transmit on the carrier 2, and does not send the auxiliary information of the carrier 2 to the base station. That is to say, at this time, the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and the UE sends the auxiliary information of the carrier 1 to the base station.
  • the UE needs to report whether it is moving, and then determine whether to re-scan the optimal beam of the carrier 2.
  • the base station determines whether the UE needs to re-scan the optimal beam on the carrier 2 according to the mobile identifier reported by the UE.
  • the base station sends information to the UE, indicating whether the UE needs to re-scan the optimal beam on the carrier 2.
  • the base station determines and instructs the UE not to re-scan the optimal beam on carrier 2. That is, the UE can continue to use the optimal beam on the carrier 2 in step S910 for transmission. If the identifier reported by the UE shows that the UE is moving, the base station determines and instructs the UE to re-scan the optimal beam on carrier 2. That is, in the next resource scheduling, the UE needs to use the optimal beam scanned on the carrier 2 for transmission.
  • the base station sends DCI to the UE, which is used to instruct to switch the frequency spectrum (carrier 1+carrier 2) used at the same time. That is, the UE can transmit on carrier 1 and carrier 2 at the same time.
  • the base station determines whether the UE needs to re-scan the optimal beam according to the mobile identifier reported by the UE in step S920.
  • step S930 means that the UE transmits on the carrier 1, and after the implementation of the steps S940 and S950, the base station can determine whether the UE needs to re-scan the optimal beam on the carrier 2.
  • the step S960 indicates that the UE can transmit on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2 at the same time, that is, the DCI is used to indicate that the UE can switch from the carrier 1 to the carrier 1+carrier 2.
  • the optimal beam on carrier 1 remains unchanged, and whether the optimal beam on carrier 2 changes depends on whether the UE moves in step S930.
  • this implementation can communicate normally without feeding back the channel information of carrier 2 in real time, can improve the transmission efficiency of carrier 2, reduce the time delay of using carrier 2 for transmission, and increase the proportion of large bandwidth transmission.
  • this implementation manner may also be used to instruct the UE to switch from carrier 1 to carrier 2, that is, the UE may only transmit on carrier 2. If the UE does not move in step S930, the optimal beam on carrier 2 does not change, and is still the optimal beam for transmission on carrier 2 in step S910. If the UE moves in step S930, the optimal beam on carrier 2 changes, that is, the UE scans the re-determined real-time (current) optimal beam on carrier 2 for resource scheduling.
  • the base station performs transmission and measurement through the optimal beams on the carrier 1 and the carrier 2.
  • the optimal beam on carrier 2 is the real-time optimal beam determined after step S950.
  • the optimal beam on the carrier 2 does not change, that is, the base station performs transmission and measurement on the original optimal beam of the carrier 2.
  • the optimal beam on carrier 2 changes, that is, the base station performs transmission and measurement on the optimal beam of carrier 2 determined after the UE rescans .
  • the base station achieves the effect of reducing the re-scanning of the optimal beam by the UE by obtaining the identification of whether the UE is moving, thereby reducing the delay for the UE to obtain the optimal beam on other carriers, and increasing the proportion of large-bandwidth transmission.
  • other problems of unknown carrier channel information without channel information feedback are also solved.
  • the UE when transmitting large data for the UE, it is necessary to activate multiple carriers and perform channel measurement. Before the channel measurement result is obtained, the channel information on the carrier is unknown, which leads to a decrease in the transmission rate of the multi-carrier, thereby affecting the system transmission performance. Therefore, for multi-carrier application scenarios, in order to better solve this problem and implement the wireless communication methods described in Figures 2 to 9 above, the UE first needs to complete the initial access process before performing the wireless communication method with the base station . That is to say, the UE interacts with the base station in the RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • a predefined signal type is sent through one downlink carrier in multiple downlink carriers.
  • Predefined signal types include synchronization signal block SSB and remaining minimum system information (RMSI). Wherein, the RMSI may also be called a system information block 1 (system information block 1, SIB1).
  • SIB1 includes multiple uplink carrier information and/or downlink carrier information.
  • the downlink carrier information includes carrier frequency, carrier identification (such as index), location of control resource set 0 (CORESET0), and available subcarrier spacing (SCS) of the carrier. ) and one or more of the starting position and bandwidth of the available resource block (resource block, RB) corresponding to the subcarrier spacing.
  • CORESET0 refers to common control resource block 0.
  • Uplink carrier information includes carrier frequency, carrier identification (such as index), available subcarrier spacing of the carrier, starting position and bandwidth of the available resource block RB corresponding to the subcarrier spacing, and random access channel (RACH) resources one or more of the .
  • carrier identification such as index
  • RACH random access channel
  • control resource set 0 CORESET 0
  • RACH resources on one or more uplink carriers.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an example of a method for initial access by a UE.
  • the UE has only one downlink carrier configured with control resource set 0 (CORESET 0), and one or more uplink carriers configured with RACH resources.
  • the specific implementation step 1000 includes:
  • the UE sends a preamble to the base station on the RACH resource of the first uplink carrier.
  • the sequence of the preamble or the RB position of the RACH resource may be bound with the uplink carrier predicted to be used by the UE in the RRC connected state.
  • the UE needs to determine the first uplink carrier before performing step S1010.
  • the first uplink carrier is an uplink carrier randomly selected from one or more uplink carriers configured with RACH resources.
  • the UE monitors DCI on the first downlink carrier.
  • the DCI is used to schedule a random access response (random access response, RAR), and the first downlink carrier is configured with control resource set 0 (CORESET 0).
  • RAR random access response
  • CORESET 0 control resource set 0
  • the RAR is used to indicate whether the preamble sent by the UE in step S1010 is successfully received by the base station.
  • the RAR is used to indicate the uplink resource for sending the random access message 3 (Msg 3).
  • the UE sends Msg3 to the base station by using the uplink resource scheduling in the RAR on the third uplink carrier.
  • the UE sends Msg 3 to the base station on the third uplink carrier according to the indicated resource and format according to the RAR authorization.
  • the base station receives Msg 3 from the UE on the third uplink carrier.
  • the RAR received by the UE in step S1020 may carry indication information, which is used to indicate that the uplink carrier for transmitting Msg3 is the third uplink carrier.
  • the third uplink carrier may be the same as or different from the first uplink carrier, or the third uplink carrier may be the same as or different from the uplink carrier predicted to be used by the UE in the RRC connected state, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the UE may not carry indication information in the RAR received in step S1020, and determine the third uplink carrier according to a predefined method.
  • the first uplink carrier is the third uplink carrier, or it is related to CORESET 0
  • the uplink carrier in the same frequency band as the downlink carrier is the third uplink carrier, or the uplink carrier predicted by the UE to be used in the RRC connected state is the third uplink carrier.
  • the base station sends initial access completion signaling to the UE on the first downlink carrier.
  • the UE receives the initial access completion signaling from the base station on the first downlink carrier, so as to enter the RRC connected state.
  • the signaling of the completion of the initial access includes the indication information of the uplink and downlink carriers that the UE works on. Or determine the UE's uplink and downlink carriers according to the protocol predefined method.
  • the downlink carrier on which the UE works is the downlink carrier configured with CORESET 0, that is, the first downlink carrier.
  • the uplink carrier that the UE works is the bound uplink carrier.
  • the uplink carrier on which the UE works is the uplink carrier on which the UE sends the preamble, that is, the first uplink carrier.
  • the uplink carrier on which the UE works is the uplink carrier on which the UE sends Msg3, that is, the third uplink carrier.
  • This implementation manner can enable UE to balance loads on different uplink carriers, reduce UE access delay, and improve network flexibility.
  • the base station may also select random access resources of any uplink carrier to send to the UE.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of another example of a method for initial access by a UE.
  • the UE has multiple downlink carriers configured with control resource set 0 (CORESET0), and one or more uplink carriers configured with RACH resources , the specific implementation step 1100 includes:
  • the UE sends a preamble to the base station on the RACH resource of the second uplink carrier.
  • sequence of the preamble or the RB position of the RACH resource may be bound with the uplink carrier predicted by the UE to be used in the RRC connected state, or may be bound with the downlink carrier predicted to be used by the UE in the RRC connected state .
  • the UE needs to determine the second uplink carrier before performing step S1110.
  • the second uplink carrier is an uplink carrier randomly selected from one or more uplink carriers configured with RACH resources.
  • the UE monitors the DCI on the downlink carrier.
  • the DCI is used to schedule a random access response RAR, and the RAR is transmitted on the second downlink carrier.
  • the UE monitors DCI for scheduling RAR on multiple downlink carriers configured with CORESET0.
  • the UE monitors the DCI for scheduling the RAR on CORESET0 of the bound downlink carrier.
  • the RAR is used to indicate whether the preamble sent by the UE in step S1110 is successfully received by the base station.
  • the RAR is used to indicate the uplink resource for sending the random access message 3 (Msg 3).
  • the UE sends Msg3 to the base station by using the uplink resource scheduling in the RAR on the fourth uplink carrier.
  • the UE sends Msg 3 to the base station on the fourth uplink carrier according to the indicated resource and format according to the authorization of the RAR.
  • the base station receives Msg 3 from the UE on the fourth uplink carrier.
  • the RAR received by the UE in step S1120 may carry indication information, which is used to indicate that the uplink carrier for transmitting Msg3 is the fourth uplink carrier.
  • the fourth uplink carrier may be the same as or different from the second uplink carrier, or the fourth uplink carrier may be the same as or different from the uplink carrier predicted to be used by the UE in the RRC connected state, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the UE may not carry indication information in the RAR received in step S1120, and determine the fourth uplink carrier according to a protocol predefined method.
  • the second uplink carrier is the fourth uplink carrier, or the same as The uplink carrier in the same frequency band as the downlink carrier receiving the RAR is the fourth uplink carrier, or the uplink carrier predicted by the UE to be used in the RRC connected state is the fourth uplink carrier.
  • the base station sends the initial access completion signaling to the UE on the downlink carrier.
  • the UE receives the initial access completion signaling from the base station on the downlink carrier, so as to enter the RRC connected state.
  • the downlink carrier is the same as the downlink carrier on which the base station sends the RAR in step S1120, that is, the second downlink carrier.
  • the signaling of the completion of the initial access includes the indication information of the uplink and downlink carriers that the UE works on. Or determine the uplink and downlink carriers that the UE works in according to the way predefined in the protocol.
  • the downlink carrier on which the UE works is the downlink carrier on which the base station sends the RAR, that is, the second downlink carrier.
  • the sequence of the preamble or the RB position of the RACH resource is bound to the downlink carrier predicted to be used by the UE in the RRC connected state, the downlink carrier that the UE works is the bound downlink carrier.
  • the uplink carrier that the UE works is the bound uplink carrier.
  • the uplink carrier on which the UE works is the uplink carrier on which the UE sends the preamble, that is, the second uplink carrier.
  • the uplink carrier on which the UE works is the uplink carrier on which the UE sends Msg3, that is, the fourth uplink carrier.
  • This implementation mode can enable UE to load balance on different uplink and downlink carriers, reduce UE access delay, and improve network flexibility.
  • the base station may also select random access resources of any uplink and downlink carriers to send to the UE.
  • the UE performs wireless communication with the base station.
  • the base station can achieve the effect of obtaining channel information of other carriers without channel information feedback based on the channel information of one carrier, and improve the transmission efficiency before other carriers feed back channel-related information, thereby improving the system transmission performance.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication device 1000 may include a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200 .
  • the wireless communication apparatus 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiments, for example, may be a terminal device, or a component (such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) configured in the terminal device.
  • a component such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the method 200, the method 300, the method 400, the method 500, the method 600, the method 700, the method 800, the method 900, the method 1000 and the method 1100 according to the embodiment of the present application
  • the wireless communication device 1000 may include a method for performing the method 200 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 3 or the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method in FIG. 7 Units of the method executed by the terminal device in 700 or method 800 in FIG. 8 or method 900 in FIG. 9 or method 1000 in FIG. 10 or method 1100 in FIG. 11 .
  • each unit in the wireless communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement the method 200 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 3 or the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or The corresponding flow of the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 or the method 800 in FIG. 8 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 or the method 1100 in FIG. 11 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the terminal device to send first information to the network device on the first carrier, the first information is used to determine the channel information of the first carrier, and the channel information of the first carrier includes the modulation of the first carrier with coding scheme MCS and/or spectral efficiency;
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is also used for the terminal device to receive second information from the network device, the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier, the second information is used to indicate the channel information of the second carrier, and the channel of the second carrier
  • the information includes MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier, and the channel information of the second carrier is determined from the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is also used for the terminal device to receive channel information and second associated information of the first carrier from the network device, the channel information of the first carrier includes the modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or frequency spectrum of the first carrier Efficiency, the second association information is used to indicate the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier;
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured for the terminal device to determine the channel information of the second carrier according to the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information, where the channel information of the second carrier includes the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the wireless communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the wireless communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 13
  • the processing unit 1100 in the wireless communication device 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the wireless communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the wireless communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the wireless communication device 1000
  • the processing unit 1100 may be realized by a processor, a microprocessor, or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip or the chip system.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 1000 may correspond to the network device in the above method embodiments, for example, may be a network device, or a component (such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) configured in the network device.
  • a component such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.
  • the wireless communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the method 200, the method 300, the method 400, the method 500, the method 600, the method 700, the method 800, the method 900, the method 1000, and the method 1100 according to the embodiment of the present application
  • the wireless communication device 1000 may include a method for performing the method 200 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 3 or the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method in FIG. 7 700 or the method 800 in FIG. 8 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 or the method 1100 in FIG. 11 performed by the network device.
  • each unit in the wireless communication device 1000 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement the method 200 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 3 or the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or The corresponding flow of the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 or the method 800 in FIG. 8 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 or the method 1100 in FIG. 11 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the network device to receive first information from the terminal device on the first carrier, the first information is used to determine channel information of the first carrier, and the channel information of the first carrier includes Modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or spectral efficiency;
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is also used for the network device to send second information to the terminal device, the second information is used to schedule transmission resources on the second carrier, the second information is used to indicate the channel information of the second carrier, and the channel information of the second carrier.
  • the MCS and/or spectrum efficiency of the second carrier is included, and the channel information of the second carrier is determined by the channel information of the first carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is configured for the network device to send the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information to the terminal device, the channel information of the first carrier includes the modulation and coding scheme MCS and/or the spectrum efficiency of the first carrier,
  • the second associated information is used to indicate the difference information between the channels of the first carrier and the second carrier, the channel information of the first carrier and the second associated information are used to determine the channel information of the second carrier, and the channel information of the second carrier includes MCS and/or spectral efficiency of the second carrier.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the wireless communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the wireless communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 10
  • the processing unit 1100 in the wireless communication device 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the wireless communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the wireless communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the wireless communication device 1000
  • the processing unit 1100 may be realized by a processor, a microprocessor, or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip or the chip system.
  • Fig. 13 is another schematic block diagram of a wireless communication device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication device 2000 includes a processor 2010 , a transceiver 2020 and a memory 2030 .
  • the processor 2010, the transceiver 2020 and the memory 2030 communicate with each other through an internal connection path
  • the memory 2030 is used to store instructions
  • the processor 2010 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2030 to control the transceiver 2020 to send signals and /or to receive a signal.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 may correspond to the network device or terminal device in the above method embodiments, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes performed by the network device or terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory 2030 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory 2030 may be an independent device, or may be integrated in the processor 2010 .
  • the processor 2010 may be used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2030, and when the processor 2010 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 2010 is used to execute each of the above-mentioned method embodiments corresponding to the network device or the terminal device. steps and/or processes.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is the network device in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the transceiver 2020 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 2020 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may be devices integrated on different chips.
  • the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be integrated in a baseband chip, and the transceiver 2020 may be integrated in a radio frequency chip.
  • the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may also be devices integrated on the same chip. This application is not limited to this.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is a component configured in a terminal device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is a component configured in a network device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
  • the transceiver 2020 may also be a communication interface, such as an input/output interface, a circuit, and the like.
  • the transceiver 2020, the processor 2010 and the memory 2020 may be integrated into the same chip, such as a baseband chip.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the network device or the terminal device as discrete components.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; and it may also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk.
  • the computer readable storage medium may be a volatile or a nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
  • each embodiment may be an independent solution, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions all fall within the protection scope of the present application.
  • a terminal device and/or a network device may perform some or all of the steps in each embodiment. These steps or operations are only examples, and the present application may also perform other operations or modifications of various operations. In addition, each step may be performed in a different order presented in each embodiment, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more packets of data (e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • packets of data e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, and other media capable of storing program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种无线通信方法和通信装置，包括：终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息，用于确定第一载波的信道信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，第二信息用于指示第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，第二载波的信道信息是由第一载波的信道信息确定的。该通信方法能够提高多载波的传输速率，提高频谱使用效率，进而提升系统传输性能。

Description

无线通信方法和通信装置
本申请要求于2021年09月06日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202111040607.9、申请名称为“无线通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种无线通信方法和通信装置。
背景技术
随着日益增长的网络容量需求，频分复用(frequency division duplex，FDD)频谱资源的使用显得尤为重要。当前，引入载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)技术来实现FDD载波聚合，以支持更大的传输带宽，提升用户设备(user equipment，UE)频谱使用量。
然而，当UE需要传输大数据时，一般需要在激活的多个载波上进行信道测量。在获取信道测量结果之前，上述载波的信道信息是未知的，导致多载波的传输速率下降，进而影响系统传输性能。因此，如何提高多载波的传输速率，提升系统传输性能是亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种无线通信方法和通信装置，能够提高多载波的传输速率，提升系统传输性能。
第一方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息，该第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)和/或频谱效率；终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，该第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，该第二信息用于指示第二载波的信道信息，该第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，该第二载波的信道信息是由第一载波的信道信息确定的。
根据本申请提供的方案，通过基于第一载波的MCS和/或频谱效率获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(如，第二载波)的MCS和/或频谱效率。也就是说，无需对第二载波进行时频同步和信道测量，即可实现调度第二载波上的传输资源。该方法能够提高频谱使用效率，提高在其他载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而降低系统传输时延，提升系统传输性能。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指实时共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信 道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，信道质量指示(channel quality indication，CQI)、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)或物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，该第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，该第一关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息，第二载波的信道信息由第一关联信息和第一信息确定。
在该实现方式中，网络设备通过第一信息(第一载波的信道信息)结合第三信息(第一载波和第二载波之间的信道差异信息)进一步确定第二载波的信道信息，能够保证第二载波信道信息的准确性。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power，RSRP)为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为 U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
第二方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，第二关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；终端设备根据第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息确定第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
根据本申请提供的方案，通过基于第一载波的MCS和/或频谱效率获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(如，第二载波)的MCS和/或频谱效率。也就是说，无需对第二载波进行时频同步和信道测量，即可实现调度第二载波上的传输资源。该方法能够提高频谱使用效率，提高在其他载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而降低系统传输时延，提升系统传输性能。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信 息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源；终端设备基于第二信息和第二载波信道信息，通过第二载波上的传输资源与网络设备进行通信。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于确定第二关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示更新前的第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息。
在该实现方式中，第二关联信息是在第一关联信息的基础上更新的。可以理解为，第二关联信息是网络设备根据当前系统资源分配情况确定的，适应性和灵活性更好。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第一方面或第二方面，在某些实现方式中，第一关联信息或第二关联信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
结合第一方面或第二方面，在某些实现方式中，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
其中，Δ为第二载波与第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为第一载波的实时MCS索引为U所对应的频谱效率。
示例性的，第二载波的频谱效率也可以是0.6W至1.2W中任一数值。对应的，第二 载波的实时MCS索引的取值范围可以为[V-2,V+1]，V与实时频谱效率W对应。
可选地，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围是[0.7W,1.2W]，或者[0.6W,1.0W]等。
需要说明的是，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
结合第一方面或第二方面，在某些实现方式中，第一载波与第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
其中，W为第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
结合第一方面或第二方面，在某些实现方式中，第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、第一载波的参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality，RSRQ)、第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、第一载波的信道探测信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)、通信设备在第一载波上的应答(acknowledgement，ACK)或否定应答(negative acknowledgement，NACK)信息、通信设备是否成功解调第一载波上的信息。
作为示例而非限定，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四信息。
其中，该第四信息用于同时调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源。
示例性的，第四信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。即终端设备根据第四信息在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
可选地，该第四信息包括第一载波的信道信息。例如，网络设备在根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息，结合多载波间的第一关联信息后确定更新后的第二关联信息，并将第二关联信息发送给终端设备。随后，网络设备在发送第四信息，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源时，可以向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息。终端设备根据该第一载波的信道信息从第二关联信息中获取第二载波的信道信息，并同时在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
该实现方式能够实现通信多元化的调度需求，达到基于第一载波的信道信息获得第二载波的信道信息的效果，提高在第二载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而提升系统传输性能。
第三方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：网络设备在第一载波上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，第二信息用于指示第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，第二载波的信道信息由第一载波的信道信息确定。
根据本申请提供的方案，通过基于第一载波的MCS和/或频谱效率获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(如，第二载波)的MCS和/或频谱效率。也就是说，无需对第二载波进行时 频同步和信道测量，即可实现调度第二载波上的传输资源。该方法能够提高频谱使用效率，提高在其他载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而降低系统传输时延，提升系统传输性能。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，网络设备根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息；网络设备根据第一载波的信道信息确定第二载波的信道信息。
在该实现方式中，网络设备先后确定第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息，以实现后续调度第一载波和/或第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；网络设备根据第一关联信息和第一信息确定第二载波的信道信息。
在该实现方式中，网络设备通过第一信息(第一载波的信道信息)结合第三信息(第一载波和第二载波之间的信道差异信息)进一步确定第二载波的信道信息，能够保证第二载波信道信息的准确性。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二 载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
第四方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法可以由网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述，下面以由网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括：网络设备向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，第二关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息，第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息用于确定第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
根据本申请提供的方案，通过基于第一载波的MCS和/或频谱效率获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(如，第二载波)的MCS和/或频谱效率。也就是说，无需对第二载波进行时频同步和信道测量，即可实现调度第二载波上的传输资源。该方法能够提高频谱使用效率，提高在其他载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而降低系统传输时延，提升系统传输性能。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要 在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，网络设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的第一信息；网络设备根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，网络设备接收来自网络设备的第三信息，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示更新前的第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；网络设备根据第一关联信息确定第二关联信息。
在该实现方式中，第二关联信息是在第一关联信息的基础上更新的。可以理解为，第二关联信息是网络设备根据当前系统资源分配情况确定的，适应性和灵活性更好。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第三方面或第四方面，在某些实现方式中，第一关联信息或第二关联信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
结合第一方面或第二方面，在某些实现方式中，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
其中，Δ为第二载波与第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为第一载波的实时MCS索引为U所对应的频谱效率。
示例性的，第二载波的频谱效率也可以是0.6W至1.2W中任一数值。对应的，第二载波的实时MCS索引的取值范围可以为[V-2,V+1]，V与实时频谱效率W对应。
可选地，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围是[0.7W,1.2W]，或者[0.6W,1.0W]等。
需要说明的是，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
结合第三方面或第四方面，在某些实现方式中，第一载波与第二载波的传播路损差Δ满足：
Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
其中，W为第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
结合第三方面或第四方面，在某些实现方式中，第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在第一载波上的应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、通信设备是否成功解调第一载波上的信息。
作为示例而非限定，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四信息。
其中，该第四信息用于同时调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源。
示例性的，第四信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。即终端设备根据第四信息在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
可选地，该第四信息包括第一载波的信道信息。例如，网络设备在根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息，结合多载波间的第一关联信息后确定更新后的第二关联信息，并将第二关联信息发送给终端设备。随后，网络设备在发送第四信息，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源时，可以向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息。终端设备根据该第一载波的信道信息从第二关联信息中获取第二载波的信道信息，并同时在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
该实现方式能够实现通信多元化的调度需求，达到基于第一载波的信道信息获得第二载波的信道信息的效果，提高在第二载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而提升系统传输性能。
第五方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，第二信息用于指示第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，第二载波的信道信息是由第一载波的信道信息确定的。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息， 包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息，第二载波的信道信息由第一关联信息和第一信息确定。
在该实现方式中，网络设备通过第一信息(第一载波的信道信息)结合第三信息(第一载波和第二载波之间的信道差异信息)进一步确定第二载波的信道信息，能够保证第二载波信道信息的准确性。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收 第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
第六方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，第二关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；处理单元，用于终端设备根据第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息确定第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源；终端设备基于第二信息和第二载波信道信息，通过第二载波上的传输资源与网络设备进行通信。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于确定第二关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示更新前的第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息。
在该实现方式中，第二关联信息是在第一关联信息的基础上更新的。可以理解为，第二关联信息是网络设备根据当前系统资源分配情况确定的，适应性和灵活性更好。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第五方面或第六方面，在某些实现方式中，第一关联信息或第二关联信息中的至少一个包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
结合第五方面或第六方面，在某些实现方式中，第二载波的实时频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
其中，Δ为第二载波与第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为第一载波的实时MCS索引为U所对应的频谱效率。
示例性的，第二载波的频谱效率也可以是0.6W至1.2W中任一数值。对应的，第二载波的实时MCS索引的取值范围可以为[V-2,V+1]，V与实时频谱效率W对应。
可选地，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围是[0.7W,1.2W]，或者[0.6W,1.0W]等。
需要说明的是，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
结合第五方面或第六方面，在某些实现方式中，第一载波与第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
其中，W为第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
结合第五方面或第六方面，在某些实现方式中，第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、第一载 波的信道质量指示CQI、第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、通信设备是否成功解调第一载波上的信息。
第七方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于网络设备在第一载波上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；收发单元，还用于网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，第二信息用于指示第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，第二载波的信道信息由第一载波的信道信息确定。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，处理单元，用于网络设备根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息；网络设备根据第一载波的信道信息确定第二载波的信道信息。
在该实现方式中，网络设备先后确定第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息，以实现后续调度第一载波和/或第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；处理单元，用于网络设备根据第一关联信息和第一信息确定第二载波的信道信息。在该实现方式中，网络设备通过第一信息(第一载波的信道信息)结合第三信息(第一载波和第二载波之间的信道差异信息)进一步确定第二载波的 信道信息，能够保证第二载波信道信息的准确性。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
作为示例而非限定，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四信息。
其中，该第四信息用于同时调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源。
示例性的，第四信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。即终端设备根据第四信息在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
可选地，该第四信息包括第一载波的信道信息。例如，网络设备在根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息，结合多载波间的第一关联信息后确定更新后的第二关联信息，并将第二关联信息发送给终端设备。随后，网络设备在发送第四信息，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源时，可以向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息。终端设备根据该第一载波的信道信息从第二关联信息中获取第二载波的信道信息，并同时在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
该实现方式能够实现通信多元化的调度需求，达到基于第一载波的信道信息获得第二载波的信道信息的效果，提高在第二载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而提升系统传输性能。
第八方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，第二关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息，第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息用于确定第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息是指共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息， 包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
其中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源。
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于网络设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的第一信息；网络设备根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息
结合第八方面，在第八方面的某些实现方式中，收发单元，还用于网络设备接收来自网络设备的第三信息，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示更新前的第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；处理单元，用于网络设备根据第一关联信息确定第二关联信息。
在该实现方式中，第二关联信息是在第一关联信息的基础上更新的。可以理解为，第二关联信息是网络设备根据当前系统资源分配情况确定的，适应性和灵活性更好。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS 为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第七方面或第八方面，在某些实现方式中，第一关联系信息或第二关联信息中的至少一个包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
结合第七方面或第八方面，在某些实现方式中，第二载波的实时频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
其中，Δ为第二载波与第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为第一载波的实时MCS索引为U所对应的频谱效率。
示例性的，第二载波的频谱效率也可以是0.6W至1.2W中任一数值。对应的，第二载波的实时MCS索引的取值范围可以为[V-2,V+1]，V与实时频谱效率W对应。
可选地，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围是[0.7W,1.2W]，或者[0.6W,1.0W]等。
需要说明的是，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
结合第七方面或第八方面，在某些实现方式中，第一载波与第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
其中，W为第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
结合第七方面或第八方面，在某些实现方式中，第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、通信设备是否成功解调第一载波上的信息。
作为示例而非限定，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四信息。
其中，该第四信息用于同时调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源。
示例性的，第四信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。即终端设备根据第四信息在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
可选地，该第四信息包括第一载波的信道信息。例如，网络设备在根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息，结合多载波间的第一关联信息后确定更新后的第二关联信息，并将 第二关联信息发送给终端设备。随后，网络设备在发送第四信息，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源时，可以向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息。终端设备根据该第一载波的信道信息从第二关联信息中获取第二载波的信道信息，并同时在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
该实现方式能够实现通信多元化的调度需求，达到基于第一载波的信道信息获得第二载波的信道信息的效果，提高在第二载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而提升系统传输性能。
第九方面，提供了一种终端设备，包括，处理器，可选地，还包括存储器，该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该终端设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者使得该终端设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地，该处理器为一个或多个，该存储器为一个或多个。
可选地，该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起，或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选地，该终端设备还包括收发器，收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
第十方面，提供了一种网络设备，包括，处理器，可选地，还包括存储器，该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得该网络设备执行上述第三方面或第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者使得该终端设备执行上述第四方面或第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地，该处理器为一个或多个，该存储器为一个或多个。
可选地，该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起，或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选地，该网络设备还包括收发器，收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
第十一方面，提供了一种通信装置，包括：用于实现第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元，或者用于实现第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元，或者用于实现第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元，或者用于实现第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。
第十二方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括：终端设备，用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法；以及网络设备，用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或代码，该计算机程序或代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，以及第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第十四方面，提供了一种芯片，包括至少一个处理器，该至少一个处理器与存储器耦合，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片系统的终端设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者使得安装有该芯片系统的终端设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，以及使得安装有该芯片系统的网络设备执行第三方面或第三方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者使得安装有该芯片系统的网络设备执行第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
其中，该芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口，以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。
第十五方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码被终端设备运行时，使得该终端设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者使得该终端设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，以及当该计算机程序代码被网络设备运行时，使得该网络设备执行第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法，或者使得该网络设备执行第四方面或第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
根据本申请实施例的方案，提供了一种无线通信方法和通信装置，终端设备显示或者隐式地向网络设备发送第一载波的辅助信息，网络设备根据获取的辅助信息，或者结合多载波共享信道信息的差异或者多载波历史信息，估计出第二载波的信道信息，用于调度终端设备在第二载波上传输资源。该方法达到基于一个载波的MCS获得其他无信道信息反馈载波的MCS的效果，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，提升了系统传输性能。
附图说明
图1是适用本申请的通信系统的一例示意图。
图2是适用本申请的无线通信方法的一例示意图。
图3是适用本申请的无线通信方法的另一例示意图。
图4是适用本申请的无线通信方法的另一例示意图。
图5是适用本申请的无线通信方法的又一例示意图。
图6是适用本申请的无线通信方法的又一例示意图。
图7是适用本申请的无线通信方法的又一例示意图。
图8是适用本申请的无线通信方法的又一例示意图。
图9是适用本申请的无线通信方法的又一例示意图。
图10是适用本申请的UE完成初始接入方法的一例示意图。
图11是适用本申请的UE完成初始接入方法的另一例示意图。
图12是适用本申请的无线通信装置的一例示意图。
图13是适用本申请的无线通信装置的另一例示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WIMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代5G系统或新无线(new radio，NR)，也可以扩展到类似的无线通信系统中，如无线保真(wireless-fidelity，WIFI)，以及第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)相关的蜂窝系统等。
通常来说，传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限，也易于实现。然而，随着通信技术的发展，移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信，还将支持例如设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信，机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信，机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)，车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信，例如，车到车(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)通信、车到基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure，V2I)通信，车到行人(vehicle to pedestrian，V2P)通信，车到网络(vehicle to network，V2N)通信等，车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle，LTE-V)、机器类通信(machine type communication，MTC)、物联网(Internet of Things，IoT)、工业互联网、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine，LTE-M)等。
应理解，本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于各种基于非正交多址接入技术的通信系统。例如，稀疏码多址接入(sparse code multiple access，SCMA)系统，当然SCMA在通信领域也可以被称为其它名称。进一步地，本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于采用非正交多址接入技术的多载波传输系统，例如采用非正交多址接入技术正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)、滤波器组多载波(filter bank multi-carrier，FBMC)、通用频分复用(generalized frequency division multiplexing，GFDM)、滤波正交频分复用(filtered-OFDM，F-OFDM)系统等。
为便于理解本申请技术方案，图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备，如网络设备101。该通信系统还可以包括至少一个终端设备，如终端设备102至107。其中，该终端设备102至107可以是移动的或固定的。网络设备101和终端设备102至107中的一个或多个均可以通过无线链路通信。即网络设备可以向终端设备发送信号，终端设备也可以向网络设备发送信号。示例性的，每个网络设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖，并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备通信。例如，网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息，终端设备可以基于该配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据。又例如，网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行数据。因此，图1中的网络设备101和终端设备102至107构成一个通信系统。
可选地，终端设备之间也可以直接通信。例如，可以利用D2D技术等实现终端设备之间的直接通信。如图1所示，终端设备105与106之间、终端设备105与107之间可以利用D2D技术直接通信。终端设备106和终端设备107可以单独或同时与终端设备105通信。
其中，终端设备105至107也可以分别与网络设备101通信。一方面，可以直接与网络设备101通信，如图中的终端设备105和106可以直接与网络设备101通信。另一方面，可以间接地与网络设备101通信，如图中的终端设备107经由终端设备105与网络设备 101通信。
应理解，图1示出了一个网络设备和多个终端设备，以及各通信装置之间的通信链路。可选地，该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备，并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备，例如更多或更少的终端设备。本申请对此不作具体限定。
上述各个通信装置，如图1中的网络设备101和终端设备102至107，可以配置多个天线。该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。另外，各通信装置还附加地包括发射机链和接收机链，本领域普通技术人员可以理解，它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。因此，网络设备与终端设备之间可通过多天线技术通信。
可选地，该无线通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体，本申请对此不作具体。
还应理解，图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备，图1中未予以画出。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例以信号传输为背景，也适用于同构网络与异构网络的场景、低频场景(sub 6G)、高频场景(6G以上)、太赫兹、光通信、频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)和时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统、非地面通信网络(non-terrestrial networks，NTN)，例如卫星通信等。同时，本申请对于传输点也没有限制，可以是宏基站与宏基站、微基站与微基站、宏基站与微基站间的多点协同传输等。另外。本申请实施例适用于基站和终端的通信，终端和终端通信，以及基站和基站通信，还适用于集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)或分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)架构、以及CP/UP分离的架构等。
本申请实施例适用于如图1所示的基于波束的多载波通信系统，例如NR系统。该系统中包括通信系统中的上行(终端设备到网络设备)和下行(接入网络设备到终端设备)通信。根据长期演进LTE/NR的协议，上行通信包括上行物理信道和上行信号的传输，下行通信包括下行物理信道和下行信号的传输。其中，上行物理信道包括：随机接入信道(random access channel，PRACH)、上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)、上行数据信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)等。上行信号包括：信道探测信号SRS、上行控制信道解调参考信号(PUCCH de-modulation reference signal，PUCCH-DMRS)、上行数据信道解调参考信号(PUSCH de-modulation reference signal，PUSCH-DMRS)、上行相位噪声跟踪信号(phase noise tracking reference signal，PTRS)、上行定位信号等。下行物理信道包括：广播信道(physical broadcast channel，PBCH)、下行控制信道PDCCH、下行数据信道PDSCH等。下行信号包括：主同步信号(primary synchronization signal，PSS)、辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal，SSS)、下行控制信道解调参考信号(PDCCH de-modulation reference signal，PDCCH-DMRS)、下行数据信道解调参考信号(PDSCH de-modulation reference signal，PDSCH-DMRS)、相位噪声跟踪信号(phase tracking reference signal，PTRS)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal，CSI-RS)、小区信号(cell reference signal，CRS)、精同步信号(time/frequency tracking reference signal，TRS)、定位参考信号(positioning，RS)等，本申请对此不作具体限定。
应理解，本申请提供的技术方案主要应用于5G NR多载波系统，还应用于其他的或未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统等。本申请对此不作限定。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以称为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置、软终端等，包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。终端可以是移动站(mobile station，MS)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)终端等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以是手机(mobile phone)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、手持终端、笔记本电脑、无绳电话(cordless phone)或者无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)台、未来5G网络中的终端设备，或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN中的终端设备等。
此外，终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things，IoT)系统中的终端设备。IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。应理解，本申请对于终端设备的具体形式不作限定。
此外，终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器，主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据，并发送电磁波，向网络设备传输上行数据。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备可以是一种部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置，可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备或者该设备的芯片。该网络设备包括但不限于：无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved nodeB，或home node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，无线保真系统中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point，TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)等，还可以为5G NR系统中的gNB或传输点TRP或TP，或者5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元BBU，或分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以包括各种形式的宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点等，可以是全球移动通讯GSM系统或码分多址CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址WCDMA系统中的基站(NodeB，NB)， 还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、可穿戴设备或车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络PLMN网络中的网络设备等。
在一些网络部署中，网络设备可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)。网络设备还可以包括射频单元(radio unit，RU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现网络设备的部分功能，比如负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现无线资源控制RRC，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU实现网络设备的部分功能，比如负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来。因而在这种架构下，高层信令(例如，RRC层信令)也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外，CU可以划分为接入网RAN中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网CN中的网络设备，在此不做限定。
网络设备为小区提供服务，终端设备通过网络设备分配的传输资源(例如，频域资源，或者频谱资源)与小区进行通信，该小区可以属于宏基站(例如，宏eNB或宏gNB等)，也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。
网络设备还可以为定位服务中心，例如，演进服务移动位置中心(evolved serving mobile location center，E-SMLC)、位置管理功能(location measurement unit，LMF)等，该定位服务中心用于手机网络设备和终端设备的测量信息和位置信息。定位服务中心还负责将终端设备的测量量进行位置解算，进而确定终端设备的位置。其中，终端设备和定位服务中心之间的信息交互可以通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol)或者NR定位协议实现(NR positioning protocol)。网络设备和定位中心之间的交互通过LTE定位协议A(LTE positioning protocol A，LPPa)或NR定位协议A(NR positioning protocol A，NRPPa)实现。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备和终端设备包括无线资源控制RRC信令交互模块、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)信令交互模块、以及物理(physical，PHY)信令交互模块。其中，RRC信令交互模块可以为：网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收RRC信令的模块。MAC信令交互模块可以为：网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control element，MAC CE)信令的模块。PHY层信令及数据交互模块可以为：网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收上行控制信令或下行控制信令、上下行数据或下行数据的模块。
当前，相比于C波段(C-band)，中低频FDD频谱可以提供更好的覆盖。所以，随着日益增长的网络容量需求，频分复用FDD频谱资源被广泛应用。
然而，目前运营商拥有的FDD频谱十分离散。示例性的，经过统计发现，63家运营 商在1.4-2.6G上的可用频谱信息是分散的。其中，95％的单个载波的带宽不大于30MHz，93％的运营商拥有两个以上的FDD载波。
虽然这些FDD载波是离散的，但是将这些离散的频谱组合在一起，其聚合带宽是相当大的。通过比较FDD载波聚合带宽与C-band TDD载波带宽，可以观察到，聚合的FDD载波可以提供与C-band TDD载波相似的下行带宽和2.4倍的上行带宽。
因此，引入载波聚合CA技术来实现FDD载波聚合，以支持更大的传输带宽，提升用户设备UE频谱使用量，改善用户体验。
应理解，载波聚合就是将两个或更多个成员载波(component carrier，CC)聚合在一起，以支持更大的传输带宽。终端设备随机接入的载波称之为主载波(primary carrier component，PCC)，主载波对应的小区为主小区(primary cell，PCell)，主小区与终端设备维持无线资源控制RRC连接，主小区可以包括一个下行载波和一个上行载波。除主载波之外的载波称之为辅载波(secondary carrier component，SCC)，辅载波对应的小区为辅小区(secondary cell，SCell)，用于提供额外的无线资源，SCell与终端设备之间不存在任何RRC通信，辅小区可以包括一个下行载波。需要说明的是，PCell是在连接建立时确定的。SCell是在初始安全激活流程之后，通过RRC连接重配置消息添加、修改、释放的。
实际上，每个成员载波对应一个独立的小区，通常可以将一个成员载波等同于一个小区。聚合的小区分为PCell与SCell，终端设备在PCell上进行基本RRC通信，无线链路管理(radio link management，RLM)等功能，而SCell主要用于增加终端设备的传输带宽。
在本申请实施例中，载波和成员载波的含义可以理解为相同。CA功能可以支持连续或非连续载波聚合，为了高效地利用零碎的频谱，载波聚合支持不同成员载波之间的聚合。具体包括：相同或不同带宽的载波单元聚合、同一频带内邻接或非邻接的载波单元聚合、不同频带内的载波单元聚合。也就是说，载波聚合的场景可以分为3种，即带内连续载波聚合，带内非连续载波聚合和带外非连续载波聚合。
另外，本申请还可以使用一个小区包括多个上行载波和/或多个下行载波的方式来支持更大的传输带宽。此时，小区与载波不再是一一对应的关系。即一个小区可以包括多个频段(band)，可以划分为多个载波。也就是说，多载波属于同一个小区。在本申请实施例中，一个小区可以包括一个载波，也可以包括多个载波，本申请对此不作具体限定。其中，本申请实施例是基于载波对技术方案进行描述的。
一方面，为了使终端设备节能，当前终端设备在配置多个SCell后不会一直处于激活状态，而是处于去激活状态。只有当有大数据要传输时，终端设备才会激活SCell。
其中，多载波聚合下的SCell的通常激活过程可以包括：首先，网络设备向终端设备发送激活SCell的无线接入控制-控制单元(media access control–control element，MAC-CE)。然后，终端设备发送混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request，HARQ)。同时，终端设备开始等待该SCell上的第一个同步信号块(synchronization signal block，SSB)进行时频同步。终端设备时频同步后，等待CSI-RS进行信道测量。最后，终端设备向网络设备发送信道状态信息参考信号报告CSI-RS report，即完成SCell的激活流程。该SCell激活过程的时延一般需要30ms以上。
若简化SCell的激活步骤，时延可以降低为10ms以上。与上述通常激活过程相比， 主要区别在于终端设备不需要等待SCell上的SSB进行时频同步，而是网络设备直接向终端设备发送临时参考信号(temporary reference signal,temporary RS)，以用于时频同步。
另一方面，为了使终端设备节能，在NR的单载波中，支持基于部分带宽(bandwidth part，BWP)切换以实现终端设备的传输带宽的动态改变。
示例性的，网络设备在带宽100MHz的单载波上给终端设备配置了两套BWP配置。其中，一套BWP配置的带宽为100MHz，另一套BWP配置的带宽为20MHz。当传输的数据较小时，终端设备可以使用带宽为20MHz的BWP配置。当需要传输大数据时，网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI，用于指示终端设备切换使用带宽100MHz的BWP配置。该实现方式中的切换过程的时延约为1-2ms。
可以发现，NR的单载波BWP切换的时延小于多载波CA下SCell激活的时延。这是因为单载波基于BWP使用频谱的前提是单载波的不同频率之间共享相同的时频同步与共享信道信息，因此不需要重新进行同步与信道测量。相反，多载波间由于存在共享共享信道信息的差异，需要重新进行时频同步与信道信息的测量。
综上所述，相比NR的单载波基于BWP使用频谱的方式，基于CA的SCell激活与去激活的方式的时延较长，将导致多载波的频谱使用效率较低。另外，对于不同的载波，尽管可以通过共用时钟源与校准实现时频同步，但是由于不同频率的传播路损与天线效率差异，无法实现共享共享信道信息完全相同，进而影响系统传输性能。
也就是说，在低时延使用频谱资源时，针对多载波间共享共享信道信息不同的问题，当前是没有解决方案的。因此，如何实现高效、低时延地使用频谱，提升系统传输性能是亟待解决的问题。
有鉴于此，本申请提供了一种无线通信方法和装置，通过终端设备显示或者隐式地向网络设备发送第一载波的辅助信息，网络设备根据第一载波的辅助信息估计出第二载波的信道信息，或者网络设备基于终端设备上报的第一载波的辅助信息和多载波间的第一关联信息，向终端设备发送更新后的第二关联信息，终端设备进而确定第二载波的信道信息。该方法能够提高频谱使用效率，达到基于第一载波的信道信息获得第二载波的信道信息的效果，提高在第二载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而提升系统传输性能。
为了便于理解本申请实施例，作出以下几点说明：
在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中，字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a、b和c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，或，b，或，c，或，a和b，或，a和c，或，b和c，或，a、b和c。其中a、b和c分别可以是单个，也可以是多个。
在本申请实施例中，“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号指示为了描述方便进行的 区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的指示信息等。
在本申请实施例中，协议定义可以通过在设备(例如，终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议，例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议，本申请对此不做限定。
在本申请实施例中，“当……时”、“在……的情况下”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备(如，终端设备或者网络设备)会做出相应的处理，并非是限定时间，且也不要求设备(如，终端设备或者网络设备)在实现时一定要有判断的动作，也不意味着存在其它限定。
在本申请实施例中，“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时，可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A，而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。
本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。待指示信息可以作为整体一起发送，也可以分成多个子信息分开发送，而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同，也可以不同，本申请对具体的发送方法不作限定。其中，这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的。例如，根据协议预先定义的，或者是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。其中，该配置信息可以例如但不限于：配置信息的承载方式可以是但不限于：无线资源控制信令、媒体接入控制MAC层信令和物理PHY层信令中的一种或者至少两种的组合。其中，无线资源控制信令包括RRC信令；MAC层信令包括MAC CE；物理PHY层信令包括下行控制信息DCI等。
在本申请实施例中，“无线通信”可以简称为“通信”。“通信”还可以描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”、“数据处理”等。“传输”包括“发送”和“接收”。本申请对此不作具体限定。
为了更好地理解技术方案，下面先对本申请中涉及的部分术语做简单介绍。
1、载波：指一段连续的频谱，可以是上行载波、下行载波或灵活载波。其中，灵活载波既是上行载波，也是下行载波。UE可以在上行载波上传输上行信息，在下行载波上传输下行信息。
2、频段(band)：指一段连续的频谱，可以划分为多个载波。
3、小区：指一个逻辑实体，每个小区拥有一个小区ID，一般在其下行载波上承载该小区配置的广播信息。一个小区可以包括下行载波和/或上行载波，UE可以接入该小区，并在该小区的上行载波上传输上行信息，和/或在该小区的下行载波上传输下行信息。
4、共享信道信息：指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息。例如，路损、最优波束方向等。在本申请实施例中，共享信道信息是以载波为粒度的可以共享的信道信息。
5、实时信道信息：指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。其中，CQI为UE反馈给基站的信道信息的索引号，MCS为基站调度UE传输PDSCH或PUSCH时的编码调制信息的索引号。CQI/MCS表格中的索引号与频谱效率具有对应关系。
6、历史信道信息：以前记录过的信道信息，包括MCS、频谱效率等。
7、传播路损差异：即不同频带路径损耗的差异。路径损耗是电磁波在空间中传播时功率密度的降低。路径损耗可以有许多因素导致，如自由空间损耗、折射、衍射、反射等的损耗和吸收等。
8、天线效率差异：即不同频带天线效率的差异。天线效率为天线的辐射功率与输入功率之比，包括发射效率与接收效率。发射效率是指天线将其接收的射频功率转换为辐射功率的电效率，接收效率是指天线拦截的无线电波功率的比例。
9、最优波束差异：即不同频带最优波束的差异。波束是指天线阵列中的振子单元的特定组合，用于实现定向信号发送或接收。最优波束指示实现发送或接收能量最大化的波束。由于电磁波在空间中传播时折射、衍射、反射等行为与频带有关，因此不同频带的最优波束可能是不相同的。
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法200的示意性流程图，具体实现步骤包括：
S210，终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息。
对应的，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息是指第一载波的共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
示例性的，第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、通信设备是否成功解调第一载波上的信息。
一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，该第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，该第一关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息。此时，第二载波的信道信息由第一关联信息和第一信息确定。在该实现方式中，网络设备通过第一信息(第一载波的信道信息)结合第三信息(第一载波和第二载波之间的信道差异信息)进一步确定第二载波的信道信息，能够保证第二载波信道信息的准确性。
其中，第一关联信息可以包括第一载波与第二载波之间的路损差异值、历史信息MCS和/或频谱效率等。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
在上述可能的实现方式，第一关联信息和第二关联信息中的至少一个可以包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
S220，网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息。
其中，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，第二信息包括第二载波的信道信息的指示信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，第二载波的信道信息是由第一载波的信道信息确定的。
需要说明的是，第二载波的信道信息是指第二载波的共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源
一种可能的实现方式，网络设备在向终端设备发送第二信息之前，网络设备需要根据第一载波的信道信息确定第二载波的信道信息。示例性的，网络设备根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息；网络设备根据第一载波的信道信息确定第二载波的信道信息。
其中，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
示例性的，当第一载波的MCS索引为U时，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
其中，Δ为第二载波与第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为第一载波的MCS索引为U所对应的频谱效率，且第二载波的MCS索引的取值范围为[V-2,V+1]，V与频谱效率W对应。
示例性的，第二载波的频谱效率也可以是0.6W至1.2W中任一数值。
可选地，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围是[0.8W,1.1W]，或者[0.7W,1.2W]，或者[0.6W,1.0W]等。
需要说明的是，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))。
另一种可能的实现方式，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四信息。
其中，该第四信息用于同时调度载波1和载波2上的传输资源。
示例性的，第四信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。即终端设备根据第四信息在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
可选地，该第四信息包括第一载波的信道信息。例如，网络设备在根据第一信息确定第一载波的信道信息，结合多载波间的第一关联信息后确定更新后的第二关联信息，并将第二关联信息发送给终端设备。随后，网络设备在发送第四信息，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源时，可以向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息。终端设备根据该第一载波的信道信息从第二关联信息中获取第二载波的信道信息，并同时在第一载波和第二载波上传输资源。
该实现方式能够实现通信多元化的调度需求，达到基于第一载波的信道信息获得第二载波的信道信息的效果，提高在第二载波反馈信道信息之前的传输速率，进而提升系统传输性能。
综上所述，网络设备通过基于第一载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(如，第二载波)的MCS和/或频谱效率，达到基于一个载波的MCS获得其他无信道信息反馈载波的MCS的效果，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，提升了系统传输性能。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法300的示意性流程图，与方法200不同之处在于，在该实现方式中，网络设备更新终端设备上报的多载波间的关联信息，并将更新后的多载波间的关联信息发送给终端设备。终端设备根据更新后的关联信息，结合第一载波的信道信息确定第二载波的信道信息，以调度第二载波上的传输资源。具体实现步骤 包括：
S310，网络设备向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备和终端设备包括无线资源控制RRC信令交互模块、媒体接入控制MAC信令交互模块、以及物理PHY信令交互模块。其中，RRC信令交互模块可以为：网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收RRC信令的模块。MAC信令交互模块可以为：网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control element，MAC CE)信令的模块。PHY层信令及数据交互模块可以为：网络设备和终端设备用于发送及接收上行控制信令或下行控制信令、上下行数据或下行数据的模块。
示例性的，第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息可以通过RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
可选地，网络设备确定第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息。
其中，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，第二关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息。
需要说明的是，第一载波的信道信息是指第一载波的共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，它是指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
在该实现方式中，多载波(例如，第一载波与第二载波)可以属于多个小区，即载波聚合小区。例如，一个小区对应一个上行载波和一个下行载波，或者一个小区对应一个灵活载波。可选地，多载波也可以属于同一个小区，即一个小区包括多个频段band，可以划分为多个载波。
一种可能的实现方式，终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息。
对应的，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息。
示例性的，第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、通信设备是否成功解调第一载波上的信息。
另一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息。
对应的，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息。
其中，第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，第一关联信息用于确定第二关联信息，第一关联信息用于指示更新前的第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息。
在该实现方式中，第二关联信息是在第一关联信息的基础上更新的。可以理解为，第二关联信息是网络设备根据当前系统资源分配情况确定的，适应性和灵活性更好。
示例性的，第一载波的RSRP为X dBm，第二载波的RSRP为Y dBm，则载波间的路损差异为Δ＝Y-X。那么结合第一载波的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的历史MCS对应关系为：当第一载波使用MCS为 U1时，第二载波使用MCS为V1，当第一载波使用MCS为U2时，第二载波使用MCS为V2。那么结合第一载波的的信道信息为MCS和/或频谱效率V，也可以确定第二载波的信道信息包括MCS和/或频谱效率W。
示例性的，第一关联关系中的路损差异ΔdB，网络设备结合第一载波的每个MCS为U，进一步获得第二载波的MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间，从而可以确定第一载波与第二载波之间MCS的对应关系。该MCS对应关系的表现形式可以通过表格呈现。例如，第一载波的每个MCS 0～27对应第二载波的MCS V 0～V 27。终端设备可以根据接收第一载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为U)以及该MCS对应关系确定第二载波的信道信息(例如，MCS为V U)。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中的MCS的对应关系可以通过无线资源控制RRC信令承载，本申请对此不作具体限定。
在上述可能的实现方式，第一关联信息或第二关联信息中的至少一个包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
示例性的，第一载波与第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
其中，W为第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
S320，终端设备根据第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息确定第二载波的信道信息。
其中，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
需要说明的是，第二载波的信道信息是指第二载波的共享信道信息。其中，共享信道信息可以是以载波为粒度的信道信息，指在两个载波内可以共享的信道信息，包括路损、最优波束方向等。实时信道信息则是指当前瞬时的信道信息，该信道信息可以随时间快速变化。例如，CQI、MCS、频谱效率、最优波束方向等。
示例性的，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
其中，Δ为第二载波与第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为第一载波的MCS索引为U所对应的频谱效率，且第二载波的MCS索引的取值范围为[V-2,V+1]，V与频谱效率W对应。
示例性的，第二载波的频谱效率也可以是0.6W至1.2W中任一数值。
可选地，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围是[0.8W,1.1W]，或者[0.7W,1.2W]，或者[0.6W,1.0W]等。
需要说明的是，第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
一种可能的实现方式，网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，并根据该第二信息和第二载波的信道信息，通过第二载波上的传输资源与网络设备进行通信。
其中，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源。
在该实现方式中，第二信息是指示终端设备在第二载波上承载了下行数据信道 PDSCH或上行数据信道PUSCH，终端设备可以在对应第二载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
示例性的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，可以是终端设备在第一载波上接收第二信息，或者是终端设备在第二载波上接收第二信息，又或者是终端设备在其他载波上接收第二信息，本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的，该第二信息可以是DCI。当该DCI承载在第一载波上，那么终端设备需要在第一载波上接收DCI，该实现方式可以减少终端设备监听DCI的开销。可选地，当该DCI承载在第二载波上，那么终端设备需要在第二载波上接收DCI，从而可以减少对于第一载波的资源占用。
可选地，本申请的技术方案也适用于同时调度载波1和载波2，即UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输资源。示例性的，终端设备在第一载波上接收来自网络设备的下行控制信息DCI，用于调度第一载波和第二载波上的传输资源，该DCI用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道信息。该实现方式同样可以基于第一载波的信道信息进行跨载波调度第二载波上的传输资源
一种可能的实现方式，网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四信息。
对应的，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四信息。
其中，该第四信息用于同时调度载波1和载波2上的传输资源。
示例性的，第四信息包括第一载波的信道信息和第二载波的信道信息。
可选地，该第四信息包括第一载波的信道信息。
综上所述，网络设备通过更新第一载波与第二载波之间的关联关系，并发送给终端设备，使得终端设备可以进一步根据第一载波的信道信息和更新后的载波间的关联关系确定第二载波的信道信息，以实现调度第二载波上的传输资源，达到基于一个载波的MCS获得其他无信道信息反馈载波的MCS的效果，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，提升了系统传输性能。
为便于理解本申请实施例，下面以基站、UE为例，对本申请提供的技术方案进行示例性说明。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法400的示意性流程图。在该实现方式中，基站显式或隐式地获取多载波间的共享共享信道信息差异，以及根据信道信息反馈载波的辅助信息，估计出无信道信息反馈载波的调制与编码方案MCS，以用于资源调度。具体实现步骤包括：
S410，UE向基站发送辅助信息#1。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#1。
其中，该辅助信息#1用于显式或隐式地指示多载波间(例如，载波1和载波2)的共享信道信息的差异。
在本申请实施例中，多载波间的共享信道信息的差异可以包括:不同频率的传播路损差异和天线效率差异。
下面提供几种辅助信息#1显式或隐式指示的实现方式，具体包括：
方式一：(显示)该辅助信息#1即为UE多载波间的共享信道信息的差异值。具体地，UE向基站发送多载波间的共享信道信息的差异值。示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，假 设以载波1为基准(例如，0dB)，载波2相比载波1差ΔdB。那么，该辅助信息#1为ΔdB，基站根据辅助信息#1可以直接地确定载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异为ΔdB。
方式二：(隐式)该实现方式用于获取下行共享信道信息的差异值。即基站向UE发送请求消息，UE向基站反馈多载波的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的参考信号接收功率RSRP或参考信号接收质量RSRQ。其中，RSRP的单位为dBm，RSRQ的单位为dB。
示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，该辅助信息#1表示载波1的RSRP为X dBm，载波2的RSRP为Y dBm。那么，基站根据辅助信息#1可以间接地确定载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异为Δ＝Y-X。
方式三：(隐式)该实现方式用于获取下行共享信道信息的差异值。即基站向UE发送请求消息，UE向基站反馈多载波的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的信道质量指示CQI。示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，该辅助信息#1表示载波1的CQI为a，载波2的CQI为b。那么，基站根据标准协议可以分别确定载波1对应的频谱效率为α，载波2对应的频谱效率为β。进一步地，在该实现方式中，载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异为Δ＝10log 10((2 β-1)/(2 α-1))。
方式四：(隐式)该实现方式可以用于获取上行或者下行共享信道信息的差异值。UE在多载波上分别向基站发送信道探测信号SRS。示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，该辅助信息#1表示载波1的SRS的RSRP为x dBm，载波2的SRS的RSRP为y dBm。那么，基站根据辅助信息#1进一步测量，可以间接地确定上行或者下行(利用互易性)的载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异值为Δ＝y-x。
需要说明的是，上述可能的实现方式仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
S420，UE在载波1上传输，并向基站发送载波1相关的辅助信息#2。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#2。
其中，辅助信息#2可以包括：载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ、载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI、载波1的信道探测信号SRS、反馈的肯定应答ACK消息或否定应答NACK消息、UE上行数据是否成功解调中的一个或多个。
S430，基站根据辅助信息#2确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
根据步骤S420中UE反馈的辅助信息#2，提供以下几种确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS的实现方式，包括：
方式一：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式二：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。UE反馈载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式三：该方式可以用于获取载波1的上行或者下行MCS。基站根据UE在载波1上发送SRS，通过测量获得载波1的上行或者下行(利用互易性)的信道信息，进而确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式四：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的ACK或者NACK信息，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式五：该方式用于获取载波1的上行MCS。基站根据UE上行数据的是否成功解调， 确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
S440，基站根据载波1的MCS和多载波间的共享信道信息差异确定载波2的实时MCS，以及载波2实时的频率效率。
需要说明的是，该实现方式是在UE未反馈载波2相关的辅助信息(例如，载波2的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ或CQI、在载波2上发送SRS等)的情况下，基于UE在载波1上传输，发送载波1相关的辅助信息，进一步估计出最适合载波2的MCS，以及计算载波2实时的频谱效率。
示例性的，假设基于上述步骤S430确定的载波1的实时MCS的索引为U时，基站根据标准协议可以确定载波1的实时MCS为U对应的频谱效率为Z。那么，基站可以根据载波1的实时MCS计算载波2实时的频谱效率满足：W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))。对应的，基站可以根据标准协议可以确定载波2实时的频谱效率W对应的载波2的实时MCS为V。
可选地，载波2的实时MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间。
可选地，载波2的实时MCS为V对应的频谱效率在W附近，例如在0.8W到1.1W之间。
S450，基站向UE发送DCI#1。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#1。
其中，该DCI#1用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(载波1+载波2)。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
需要说明的是，上述步骤S420表示UE在载波1传输，经过步骤S430和步骤S440的实现，基站可以确定载波2实时的MCS和频率效率。该步骤S450表示UE可以同时在载波1和载波2传输，即该DCI#1用来指示UE可以从载波1切换为载波1+载波2。
应理解，该实现方式可以在不反馈载波2的信道信息的情况下正常通信，能够提高载波2的传输效率，减少使用载波2进行传输的时延，以及提升大带宽传输的比例。
可选地，该实现方式也可以用来指示UE从载波1切换为载波2，即UE可以仅在载波2上传输。
其中，DCI#1用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(例如，载波1+载波2)的具体实现方式可以包括：
示例性的，该DCI#1包含一个字段指示载波的索引，用于指示UE激活该载波，即UE可以在该载波上传输。例如，载波2的索引为2，DCI#1的该字段的值为2，指示UE可以在载波2上传输。由于UE已经在载波1传输，此时UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
示例性的，该DCI#1包含一个字段指示载波的索引，用于指示UE激活载波并切换到该载波，UE可以在该载波上传输，但不能在原来的激活载波上传输。例如，载波2的索引为2，DCI#1的该字段的值为2，指示UE仅可以在载波2上传输，不能在载波1上传输。
示例性的，该DCI#1包含一个字段指示激活载波的位图(bitmap)，每个载波对应位图中的一个0或1的比特，通过该比特指示对应载波是否激活。例如，载波1对应第一个比特，载波2对应第二个比特等。DCI#1的该字段的值为11……，指示UE可以同时在载 波1和载波2上传输。或者DCI#1的该字段的值为01……，指示UE仅可以在载波2上传输，但不能在载波1上传输。
示例性的，该DCI#1包含一个字段指示载波的BWP的索引，用于指示激活该载波的该BWP，UE可以在该载波的该BWP上传输。例如，所有载波的BWP统一编号，载波2的一个BWP的索引为2，DCI#1的该字段的值为2，指示UE可以在载波2的这个BWP上传输。再例如，BWP的索引由载波索引与该BWP在载波内的索引两部分组成，载波2的索引为2，其中一个BWP的索引为1，DCI#1的该字段的值为[2,1]，指示UE可以在载波2的这个BWP上传输。由于UE已经在载波1传输，此时UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
示例性的，该DCI#1包含一个字段指示载波的BWP的索引，用于指示激活BWP切换到该BWP。即UE可以在该载波的该BWP上传输，但不能在原来的激活BWP上传输。例如，所有载波的BWP统一编号，载波2的一个BWP的索引为2，DCI#1的该字段的值为2，指示UE仅可以在载波2的这个BWP上传输，不能在载波1上传输。再例如，BWP的索引由载波索引与该BWP在载波内的索引两部分组成，载波2的索引为2，其中一个BWP的索引为1，DCI#1的该字段的值为[2,1]，指示UE仅可以在载波2的这个BWP上传输，不能在载波1上传输。
示例性的，该DCI#1包含一个字段指示激活载波的位图，每个载波的每个BWP对应位图中的一个0或1的比特，通过该比特指示对应载波的对应BWP是否激活。例如，载波1的BWP a对应第一个比特，载波1的BWP b对应第二个比特，载波2的BWP c对应第三个比特，载波2的BWP d对应第四个比特，可能还有载波3的BWP e对应第五个比特，这里不做约束。DCI#1的该字段的值为1010……，指示UE可以同时在载波1的BWPa和载波2的BWP c上传输。或者DCI#1的该字段的值为0010……，指示UE仅可以在载波2的BWP c上传输，但不能在载波1上传输。以上仅是示例性说明，不应对本申请技术方案构成任何限定。
示例性的，该DCI#1包含一个字段指示每个载波的激活BWP信息，且依序排列。如果一个载波有BWP激活，则该载波的激活BWP信息为该BWP在该载波内的序号，一个载波内同时只有一个BWP激活，如果一个载波没有BWP激活，则该载波的激活BWP信息为预设值。例如，载波1有BWP a与BWP b，在该载波内的序号为1和2，载波2有BWP c与BWP d，在该载波内的序号为1和2等。DCI#1的该字段的值为11……，指示UE可以同时在载波1的BWP a和载波2的BWP c上传输。或者DCI#1的该字段的值为21……，指示UE可以同时在载波1的BWP b和载波2的BWP c上传输。或者DCI#1的该字段的值为01……，指示UE仅可以在载波2的BWP c上传输，但不能在载波1上传输。或者DCI#1的该字段的值为02……，指示UE仅可以在载波2的BWP d上传输，但不能在载波1上传输。以上仅是示例性说明，不应对本申请技术方案构成任何限定。
应理解，使用上述DCI#1也可以起到去激活载波或者BWP的功能。为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S460，基站向UE发送DCI#2。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#2。
其中，该DCI#2用于指示调度UE在载波1和载波2同时传输，以实现载波聚合，进 而提升传输效率。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
另外，该DCI#2包括载波1和载波2的实时MCS，和/或实时频谱效率。
应理解，在该实现方式中，调度载波进行传输是在载波上承载了PDSCH或PUSCH，UE在对应的载波上接收下行数据或发送上行数据。
一种实现方式，基站指示UE在载波1上使用的MCS索引为U，那么在载波2上使用在上述步骤S440中获得的实时MCS，索引为V。
另一种实现方式，基站指示UE在载波1和载波2上使用相同的MCS。例如，在索引为U(载波1的实时MCS)和索引为V(在上述步骤S540中获得的实时MCS)之间。
需要说明的是，该实现方式是在UE未反馈载波2相关的辅助信息(例如，载波2的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ或CQI、在载波2上发送SRS等)的情况下，基站指示UE同时调度载波1和载波2的频谱资源。
示例性的，上述步骤S450中的DCI#1和步骤S460中的DCI#2可以作为整体，即使用同一个DCI进行收发。即该DCI既用于指示切换同时使用的频谱，还用于指示调度UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
可选地，上述DCI#1可以不发送，即基站需要向UE发送DCI#2即可。该DCI#2用于指示UE需要同时在载波1和载波2上传输，该实现方式隐含了UE可以在载波2上传输。所以，上述DCI#1也可以不发送，本申请对此不作具体限定。
作为示例而非限定，上述步骤S440中基站确定的载波2的实时MCS(索引为V)和频率效率W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))可以在步骤S460之前发送给UE。那么在步骤S460中，基站发送的DCI#2中可以仅包括载波1的实时(当前)MCS，和/或载波1实时的频谱效率。换句话说，如果基站在指示UE调度频谱资源之前，已经将多载波的实时MCS发送给UE，那么在最终资源调度的时候DCI#2中可以仅包括载波1的实时(当前)MCS。反之，则需要在最终的资源调度时将调度载波的实时(当前)MCS一同发送给UE。这两种实现方式是可以降低载波2的传输时延，提升频谱使用效率。本申请对此不作具体限定。
综上所述，基站通过获取UE在不同载波上的共享信道信息差异(例如，例如，载波1和载波2之间的路损差异)，以及基于其中一个载波(例如，载波1)的MCS，能够获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(例如，载波2)的MCS。该方法可以缩短使用其他载波进行传输的时延，提升大带宽传输的比例，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，提升系统传输性能。同时，解决了不同频率的共享信道信息不完全相同导致的其他无信道信息反馈载波信道信息未知的问题。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法500的示意性流程图，与方法400不同之处在于，在该实现方式中，基站将根据多载波间的共享信道信息的差异确定的多载波间的MCS对应关系发送给UE，可以节省后续资源调度时的信令开销。具体实现步骤包括：
S510，UE向基站发送辅助信息#A。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#A。
其中，该辅助信息#A用于显式或隐式地指示多载波间(例如，载波1和载波2)的共享信道信息的差异。
在本申请实施例中，多载波间的共享信道信息的差异可以包括:不同频率的传播路损差异和天线效率差异。
下面提供几种辅助信息#A显式或隐式指示的实现方式，具体包括：
方式一：(显示)该辅助信息#A即为UE多载波间的共享信道信息的差异值。具体地，UE向基站发送多载波间的共享信道信息的差异值。示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，假设以载波1为基准(例如，0dB)，载波2相比载波1差ΔdB。那么，该辅助信息#A为ΔdB，基站根据辅助信息#A可以直接地确定载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异为ΔdB。
方式二：(隐式)该实现方式用于获取下行共享信道信息的差异值。即基站向UE发送请求消息，UE向基站反馈多载波的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ。示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，该辅助信息#A表示载波1的RSRP为X dBm，载波2的RSRP为Y dBm。那么，基站根据辅助信息#A可以间接地确定载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异为Δ＝Y-X。
方式三：(隐式)该实现方式用于获取下行共享信道信息的差异值。即基站向UE发送请求消息，UE向基站反馈多载波的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的信道质量指示(channel quality indication，CQI)。示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，该辅助信息#A表示载波1的CQI为a，载波2的CQI为b。那么，基站根据标准协议可以分别确定载波1对应的频谱效率为α，载波2对应的频谱效率为β。进一步地，在该实现方式中，载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异为Δ＝10log 10((2 β-1)/(2 α-1))。
方式四：(隐式)该实现方式可以用于获取上行或者下行共享信道信息的差异值。UE在多载波上分别向基站发送信道探测信号SRS。示例性的，以UE两个载波为例，该辅助信息#A表示载波1的SRS的RSRP为x dBm，载波2的SRS的RSRP为y dBm。那么，基站根据辅助信息#A进一步测量，可以间接地确定上行或者下行(利用互易性)的载波1和载波2之间的共享信道信息的差异值为Δ＝y-x。
需要说明的是，上述可能的实现方式仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
S520，基站根据多载波间(例如，载波1和载波2)共享信道信息的差异确定多载波间(例如，载波1和载波2)的MCS对应关系。
示例性的，当载波1上的实时MCS的索引为U时，基站确定载波2的实时MCS在V附近，例如在V-2到V+1之间；或者，基站确定载波2的实时MCS为V对应的频谱效率在W附近，例如在0.8W到1.1W之间。
首先，基站在步骤S510中获得的共享信道信息的差异值ΔdB，即载波2相比载波1差ΔdB。然后，基站根据标准协议可以确定载波1的实时MCS为U对应的频谱效率为Z。那么，基站可以确定载波2实时的频谱效率W满足：W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))。同时，根据标准协议可以确定载波2实时的频谱效率W与实时MCS为V对应。
在该实现方式中，MCS为基站调度UE传输PDSCH或PUSCH时的编码调制信息的索引号。MCS的对应关系可以通过RRC信令承载，其表现形式可以是一个表格。例如，载波1的每个MCS 0～27与载波2的MCS V 0～V 27具有一一对应的关系。
即MCSMapping::＝SEQUENCE(SIZE(27))OF INTEGER(0..27)。
S530，基站向UE发送多载波间(例如，载波1和载波2)的MCS对应关系。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的多载波间(例如，载波1和载波2)的MCS对应关系。
S540，UE在载波1上传输，并向基站发送载波1相关的辅助信息#B。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#B。
其中，辅助信息#B可以包括：载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ、载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI、载波1的信道探测信号SRS、反馈的肯定应答ACK消息或否定应答NACK消息、UE上行数据是否成功解调中的一个或多个。
S550，基站根据辅助信息#B确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
根据步骤S540中UE反馈的辅助信息#B，提供以下几种确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS的实现方式，包括：
方式一：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式二：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。UE反馈载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式三：该方式可以用于获取载波1的上行或者下行MCS。基站根据UE在载波1上发送SRS，通过测量获得载波1的上行或者下行(利用互易性)的信道信息，进而确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式四：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的ACK或者NACK信息，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式五：该方式用于获取载波1的上行MCS。基站根据UE上行数据的是否成功解调，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
S560，基站向UE发送DCI#A。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#A。
其中，该DCI#A用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(载波1+载波2)。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
应理解，该实现方式可以在不反馈载波2的信道信息的情况下正常通信，能够提高载波2的传输效率，减少使用载波2进行传输的时延，以及提升大带宽传输的比例。
可选地，该实现方式也可以用来指示UE从载波1切换为载波2，即UE可以仅在载波2上传输。
其中，DCI#A用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(例如，载波1+载波2)的具体实现方式可以参照上述步骤S450，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S570，基站向UE发送DCI#B。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#B。
其中，该DCI#B用于指示调度UE在载波1和载波2同时传输，以实现载波聚合，进而提升传输效率。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
另外，该DCI#B中可以包括载波1的实时MCS(即MCS的索引为U)，和/或载波1的实时频谱效率Z。因为在步骤S530中，UE已经获取载波1和载波2之间的实时MCS的对应关系。所以在步骤S570中，基站发送的DCI#B中可以包括载波1的实时MCS为U。对应的，UE在接收该DCI#B后可以确定载波2的实时MCS为V，对应的频谱效率为W，即可以通过查表获得V U。那么，UE就可以在载波1和载波2上进行资源调度。
该实现方式可以节省信令开销，即DCI#B中的MCS。
示例性的，当基站指示UE在载波1上使用实时的MCS索引为U时，那么根据步骤S530中获取的MCS对应关系，UE在载波2上使用实时的MCS索引为V。
作为示例而非限定，上述步骤S560中的DCI#A和步骤S570中的DCI#B可以作为整体，即使用同一个DCI进行收发。即该DCI既用于指示切换同时使用的频谱，还用于指示调度UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
可选地，上述DCI#A可以不发送，即基站需要向UE发送DCI#B即可。该DCI#B用于指示UE需要同时在载波1和载波2上传输，该实现方式隐含了UE可以在载波2上传输。所以，上述DCI#A也可以不发送，本申请对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是，上述步骤S530可以不执行，即基站并没有向UE发送载波1和载波2之间的实时MCS和/或频率效率。那么在步骤S570中，基站发送的DCI#B中就需要同时包括载波1和载波2的实时(当前)MCS，和/或频谱效率。该方式仅仅是示例性说明，不应构成本申请技术方案的任何限定。
综上所述，基站通过获取UE在不同载波上的共享信道信息差异(例如，例如，载波1和载波2之间的路损差异)，以及基于其中一个载波(例如，载波1)的MCS，能够获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(例如，载波2)的MCS。该方法不仅可以缩短使用其他载波进行传输的时延，提升大带宽传输的比例，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，提升系统传输性能。同时，还节省信令开销，解决了不同频率的共享信道信息不完全相同导致的其他无信道信息反馈载波信道信息未知的问题。
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法600的示意性流程图，与方法400不同之处在于，在该实现方式中，基站获取多载波间MCS历史对应关系，以及根据信道信息反馈载波的辅助信息，估计出无信道信息反馈载波的MCS，以用于资源调度。具体实现步骤包括：
S610，UE同时在多载波(例如，载波1和载波2)上传输，向基站发送载波1和载波2相关的辅助信息#a。对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#a。
其中，辅助信息#a可以包括：载波1和载波2的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ、载波1和载波2的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI、载波1和载波2的信道探测信号SRS、反馈的肯定应答ACK消息或否定应答NACK消息、UE上行数据是否成功解调中的一个或多个。
可选地，辅助信息#a可以是载波1与载波2之间共享信道信息的差异(例如，路损差异或天线效率差异)。
S620，基站根据辅助信息#a确定历史的载波1与载波2之间的实时MCS对应关系。
示例性的，当载波1使用的实时MCS对应索引为U1时，确定载波2使用的实时MCS对应的索引为V1。当载波1使用的实时MCS对应的为U2时，载波2使用MCS为V2。
S630，UE在载波1上传输，并向基站发送载波1相关的辅助信息#b。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#b。
其中，辅助信息#b可以包括：载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ、载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI、载波1的信道探测信号SRS、反馈的肯定应答ACK消息或否定应答NACK消息、UE上行数据是否成功解调中的一个或多个。
S640，基站根据辅助信息#b确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
根据步骤S630中UE反馈的辅助信息#b，提供以下几种确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS的实现方式，包括：
方式一：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式二：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。UE反馈载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式三：该方式可以用于获取载波1的上行或者下行MCS。基站根据UE在载波1上发送SRS，通过测量获得载波1的上行或者下行(利用互易性)的信道信息，进而确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式四：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的ACK或者NACK信息，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式五：该方式用于获取载波1的上行MCS。基站根据UE上行数据的是否成功解调，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
S650，基站向UE发送DCI#a。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#a。
其中，该DCI#a用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(载波1+载波2)。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
应理解，该实现方式可以在不反馈载波2的信道信息的情况下正常通信，能够提高载波2的传输效率，减少使用载波2进行传输的时延，以及提升大带宽传输的比例。
可选地，该实现方式也可以用来指示UE从载波1切换为载波2，即UE可以仅在载波2上传输。
其中，DCI#a用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(例如，载波1+载波2)的具体实现方式可以参照上述步骤S450，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S660，基站向UE发送DCI#b。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#b。
其中，该DCI#b用于指示调度UE在载波1和载波2同时传输，以实现载波聚合，进而提升传输效率。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
另外，该DCI#2包括载波1和载波2的实时MCS，和/或实时频谱效率。
示例性的，假设载波1使用的实时MCS为U3，那么载波2使用的实时MCS对应的索引为V3。当U3<U1时；当U3>U1时，V3>V1；当U1<U3<U2时，V1<V3<V2。
需要说明的是，该实现方式是在UE未反馈载波2相关的辅助信息(例如，载波2的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ或CQI、在载波2上发送SRS等)的情况下，基站指示UE同时调度载波1和载波2的频谱资源。
示例性的，上述步骤S650中的DCI#a和步骤S660中的DCI#b可以作为整体，即使用同一个DCI进行收发。即该DCI既用于指示切换同时使用的频谱，还用于指示调度UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
可选地，上述DCI#a可以不发送，即基站需要向UE发送DCI#b即可。该DCI#b用于指示UE需要同时在载波1和载波2上传输，该实现方式隐含了UE可以在载波2上传输。所以，上述DCI#a也可以不发送，本申请对此不作具体限定。
作为示例而非限定，上述步骤S620中基站确定的载波1和载波2之间的实时MCS对应关系可以在步骤S660之前发送给UE。那么在步骤S660中，基站发送的DCI#b中可以仅包括载波1的实时(当前)MCS，和/或载波1实时的频谱效率。换句话说，如果基站在指示UE调度频谱资源之前，已经将多载波的实时MCS发送给UE，那么在最终资源调度的时候DCI#b中可以仅包括载波1的实时(当前)MCS。反之，则需要在最终的资源调度时将调度载波的实时(当前)MCS一同发送给UE。这两种实现方式是可以降低载波2的传输时延，提升频谱使用效率。本申请对此不作具体限定。
综上所述，基站通过获取UE在不同载波上的共享信道信息差异(例如，例如，载波1和载波2之间的路损差异)，以及基于其中一个载波(例如，载波1)的MCS，能够获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(例如，载波2)的MCS。该方法可以缩短使用其他载波进行传输的时延，提升大带宽传输的比例，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，提升系统传输性能。同时，解决了不同频率的共享信道信息不完全相同导致的其他无信道信息反馈载波信道信息未知的问题。
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法700的示意性流程图，与方法400不同之处在于，在该实现方式中，基站直接根据有信道信息反馈载波的MCS，估计出无信道信息反馈载波的MCS，以用于资源调度。具体实现步骤包括：
S710，UE在载波1上传输，并向基站发送载波1相关的辅助信息。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息。
其中，辅助信息可以包括：载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ、载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI、载波1的信道探测信号SRS、反馈的肯定应答ACK消息或否定应答NACK消息、UE上行数据是否成功解调中的一个或多个。
S720，基站根据辅助信息确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
示例性的，假设基站确定的载波1的实时(当前)MCS对应的索引为U。
根据步骤S710中UE反馈的辅助信息，提供以下几种确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS的实现方式，包括：
方式一：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式二：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。UE反馈载波1的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式三：该方式可以用于获取载波1的上行或者下行MCS。基站根据UE在载波1上发送SRS，通过测量获得载波1的上行或者下行(利用互易性)的信道信息，进而确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式四：该方式用于获取载波1的下行MCS。基站根据UE反馈的ACK或者NACK信息，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
方式五：该方式用于获取载波1的上行MCS。基站根据UE上行数据的是否成功解调，确定载波1的实时(当前)MCS。
S730，基站根据载波1的实时(当前)MCS，估计载波2的实时(当前)MCS。
示例性的，当载波1使用的实时MCS对应的索引为U时，那么基站估计载波2使用的实时MCS对应的索引V在U附近，例如在U-2到U+2之间，即V∈(U-2，U+2)。
可选地，如果载波1的频谱效率Z低于载波2的频谱效率W，那么基站估计载波2的实时(当前)MCS对应的索引V在U-2到U之间。
可选地，如果载波1的频谱效率Z高于载波2的频谱效率W，那么基站估计载波2的实时(当前)MCS对应的索引V在U到U+2之间。
需要说明的是，该实现方式中，载波1的实时MCS的索引U与频谱效率Z对应，载波2的实时MCS的索引V与频谱效率W对应。
S740，基站向UE发送DCI#α。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#α。
其中，该DCI#α用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(载波1+载波2)。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
应理解，该实现方式可以在不反馈载波2的信道信息的情况下正常通信，能够提高载波2的传输效率，减少使用载波2进行传输的时延，以及提升大带宽传输的比例。
可选地，该实现方式也可以用来指示UE从载波1切换为载波2，即UE可以仅在载波2上传输。
其中，DCI#α用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(例如，载波1+载波2)的具体实现方式可以参照上述步骤S450，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S750，基站向UE发送DCI#β。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#β。
其中，该DCI#β用于指示调度UE在载波1和载波2同时传输，以实现载波聚合，进而提升传输效率。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
一种可能的实现方式，该DCI#β包括载波1和载波2的实时MCS，和/或实时频谱效率。具体参见步骤S730中提供的载波1和载波2使用的实时MCS，此处不再赘述。
应理解，该方式是在UE未向基站反馈载波2的信道信息，且UE事先不清楚载波2的实时(当前)MCS的情况下实现的。
另一种可能的实现方式，该DCI#β可以包括载波1的实时MCS，和/或实时频谱效率。那么，基站需要在步骤S850之前向UE发送载波1与载波2实时MCS的对应关系。
示例性的，当UE收到DCI#β中载波1的实时MCS对应索引为U时，那么在调度载波2上的资源所使用的实时MCS对应索引V在U附近，例如在U-2到U+2之间。如果UE收到DCI#β中载波1的频谱效率Z低于载波2的频谱效率W，那么基站估计载波2的实时(当前)MCS对应的索引V在U-2到U之间。如果UE收到DCI#β中载波1的频谱效率Z高于载波2的频谱效率W，那么基站估计载波2的实时(当前)MCS对应的索引V在U到U+2之间。以上实现方式仅是示例性说明，不应对本申请的技术方案构成任何限定。
作为示例而非限定，上述步骤S740中的DCI#α和步骤S750中的DCI#β可以作为整体，即使用同一个DCI进行收发。即该DCI既用于指示切换同时使用的频谱，还用于指示调度UE同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
可选地，上述DCI#α可以不发送，即基站需要向UE发送DCI#β即可。该DCI#β用于指示UE需要同时在载波1和载波2上传输，该实现方式隐含了UE可以在载波2上传输。所以，上述DCI#α也可以不发送，本申请对此不作具体限定。
综上所述，基站通过获取UE在不同载波上的共享信道信息差异(例如，例如，载波1和载波2之间的路损差异)，以及基于其中一个载波(例如，载波1)的MCS，能够获得其他无信道信息反馈载波(例如，载波2)的MCS。该方法不仅可以缩短使用其他载波进行传输的时延，提升大带宽传输的比例，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，提升系统传输性能。同时，解决了不同频率的共享信道信息不完全相同导致的其他无信道信息反馈载波信道信息未知的问题。
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法800的示意性流程图，与方法400不同之处在于，在该实现方式中，基站显式或隐式地获取多载波间的最优波束差异，以及根据信道信息反馈载波的最优波束信息，估计出无信道信息反馈载波的最优波束，以用于资源调度。具体实现步骤包括：
S810，UE向基站发送辅助信息#a。对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#a。
其中，该辅助信息#a用于显式或隐式地指示多载波间(例如，载波1和载波2)的最优波束差异。
下面提供几种辅助信息#1显式或隐式指示的实现方式，具体包括：
方式一：该辅助信息#a为UE不同载波之间的最优波束的对应关系，基站显式获取最优波束的对应关系。
方式二：该辅助信息#a为UE在载波1与载波2上分别使用的最优波束，基站隐式获取最优波束的对应关系。
示例性的，最优波束的对应关系可以包括：
(1)载波1与载波2共享相同最优波束。
(2)当载波1使用最优波束A1时，载波2使用的最优波束为B1，B2，B3；当载波1使用最优波束A2时，载波2使用的最优波束为B4，B5，B6。
换句话说，载波2使用的最优波束可以与载波1相同；或者载波2使用的最优波束与载波1使用的最优波束不同，其中，载波2的最优波束个数大于或等于1。本申请对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是，上述提供的实现方式仅是示例性说明，不应构成对本申请技术方案的任何限定。
S820，UE在载波1上传输，并向基站发送载波1相关的辅助信息#b。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的辅助信息#b。
其中，辅助信息#b可以包括：载波1的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ、载波1的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI、载波1的多个波束的信道探测信号SRS。
可选地，辅助信息#b可以包括：载波1的实时最优波束。
S830，基站根据辅助信息#b确定载波1的实时(当前)最优波束。
根据步骤S820中UE反馈的辅助信息#b，提供以下几种确定载波1的实时(当前)最优波束的实现方式，包括：
方式一：基站根据UE反馈的载波1的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ，确定载波1的实时(当前)最优波束，即最大RSRP或最大RSRQ对应的波束
方式二：基站根据UE反馈的载波1的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI，确定载波1的实时(当前)最优波束，即最大CQI对应的波束。
方式三：UE在载波1的多个波束上发送SRS，基站根据SRS确定载波1的实时(当前)最优波束，例如最大SRS的RSRP或RSRQ对应的波束。
S840，基站根据载波1的最优波束和多载波间的最优波束差异，确定载波2的一个或多个最优波束。
需要说明的是，该实现方式是在UE未反馈载波2相关的辅助信息(例如，载波2的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ或CQI、在载波2上发送SRS等)的情况下，基于UE在载波1上传输，发送载波1相关的辅助信息，进一步估计出最适合载波2的最优波束。
其一，当最优波束的对应关系为：载波1与载波2共享相同最优波束。
示例性的，如果载波1的实时最优波束为波束1，则载波2的实时最优波束也为波束1。如果载波1的实时最优波束为波束2，则载波2的实时最优波束也为波束2。
其二，当最优波束的对应关系为：当载波1使用最优波束A1时，载波2可以使用的最优波束为B1，B2，B3。当载波1使用最优波束A2时，载波2可以使用的最优波束为B4，B5，B6。
示例性的，如果载波1的实时最优波束为波束A1，则载波2的实时最优波束为波束B1，B2，B3中的一个。如果载波1的实时最优波束为波束A2，则载波2的实时最优波束为波束B4，B5，B6中的一个。
S850，基站向UE发送DCI#Aa。
对应的，UE接收来自基站的DCI#Aa。
其中，该DCI#Aa用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(载波1+载波2)。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
需要说明的是，上述步骤S820表示UE在载波1传输，经过步骤S830和步骤S840的实现，基站可以确定载波2实时的最优波束。该步骤S850表示UE可以同时在载波1和载波2传输，即该DCI#Aa用来指示UE可以从载波1切换为载波1+载波2。
应理解，该实现方式可以在不反馈载波2的信道信息的情况下正常通信，能够提高载波2的传输效率，减少使用载波2进行传输的时延，以及提升大带宽传输的比例。
可选地，该实现方式也可以用来指示UE从载波1切换为载波2，即UE可以仅在载波2上传输。
其中，DCI#Aa用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(例如，载波1+载波2)的具体实现方式可以参照上述步骤S450，为了简洁，此处不再赘述。
S860，基站通过载波1和载波2上的最优波束进行传输和测量。
其中，载波2上的最优波束是在步骤S840中获得的实时最优波束的一个或多个波束。
该步骤是在UE没有反馈载波2的信道相关信息之前，基站通过载波1的实时最优波束，以及载波间的最优波束差异，估计出载波2的实时最优波束，以用于资源调度和传输。
一种实现方式，基站在载波1上使用的实时最优波束为波束A1时，那么在载波2上使用实时最优波束为波束B1、B2、B3中的一个或多个。基站在载波1上使用的实时最优波束为波束A2时，则在载波2上使用实时最优波束为波束B4、B5、B6中的一个。
另一种实现方式，基站在载波1和载波2上使用相同的最优波束。例如，基站在载波1上使用的实时最优波束为波束1，则在载波2上使用的实时最优波束也为波束1。基站在载波1上使用的实时最优波束为波束2，则在载波2上使用的实时最优波束也为波束2。
以上可能的实现方式仅仅是示例性说明，不应对本申请的技术方案构成任何限定。
综上所述，基站通过获取UE在不同载波上的最优波束差异，以及基于一个有信道信息反馈载波的最优波束，估计其他无信道信息反馈载波的最优波束(或者最优波束范围)，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，减少使用其他载波进行传输的时延，提升大带宽传输的比例，解决了其他无信道信息反馈载波信道信息未知的问题。
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信方法900的示意性流程图，与方法400不同之处在于，在该实现方式中，UE上报是否移动的标识，基站根据UE是否移动确定UE是否需要重新扫描最优波束。具体实现步骤包括：
S910，UE同时在载波1和载波2上的最优波束进行传输，发送载波1和载波2相关的辅助信息。
其中，辅助信息可以包括：载波1和载波2的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ、载波1和载波2的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI、载波1和载波2的多个波束的信道探测信号SRS。
可选地，辅助信息为UE在载波1和载波2上的最优波束对应关系；或者，该辅助信息为UE在载波1与载波2上分别使用的实时(当前)最优波束。
S920，基站根据载波2相关的辅助信息确定载波2的实时(当前)最优波束。
根据步骤S910中UE反馈的辅助信息，提供以下几种确定载波1的实时(当前)最优波束的实现方式，包括：
方式一：基站根据UE反馈的载波1和载波2的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的RSRP或RSRQ，确定载波1和载波2的实时(当前)最优波束，即最大RSRP或最大RSRQ对应的波束。
方式二：基站根据UE反馈的载波1和载波2的多个波束的CSI-RS report中包括CSI-RS的CQI，确定载波1和载波2的实时(当前)最优波束，即最大CQI对应的波束。
方式三：UE在载波1和载波2的多个波束上发送SRS，基站根据SRS确定载波1和载波2的的实时(当前)最优波束，例如最大SRS的RSRP或RSRQ对应的波束。
S930，UE向基站发送是否移动的标识。
对应的，基站接收来自UE的是否移动的标识。
需要说明的是，该步骤的实现前提是UE不在载波2上传输，不再向基站发送载波2的辅助信息。也就是说，此时UE在载波1上传输，UE向基站发送载波1的辅助信息。
因此，如果UE继续调度载波2上的频谱资源时，需要UE上报是否移动的标识，进而确定是否需要重新扫描载波2的最优波束。
S940，基站根据UE上报的是否移动的标识确定UE是否需要重新扫描载波2上最优波束。
S950，基站向UE发送信息，指示UE是否需要重新扫描载波2上最优波束。
示例性的，根据上述步骤S930至步骤S950，如果UE上报标识显示出UE没有移动，则基站确定并指示UE不需要重新扫描载波2上的最优波束。即UE可以继续使用步骤S910 中在载波2上的最优波束进行传输。如果UE上报标识显示出UE有移动，则基站确定并指示UE需要重新扫描载波2上的最优波束。即在接下来的资源调度中，UE需要使用在载波2上扫描后的最优波束进行传输。
S960，基站给UE发送DCI，用于指示切换同时使用的频谱(载波1+载波2)。即UE可以同时在载波1和载波2上传输。
示例性的，基站根据UE在步骤S920中上报的是否移动的标识，决定UE是否需要重新扫描最优波束。
需要说明的是，上述步骤S930表示UE在载波1传输，经过步骤S940和步骤S950的实现，基站可以确定UE是否需要重新扫描载波2上的最优波束。该步骤S960表示UE可以同时在载波1和载波2传输，即该DCI用来指示UE可以从载波1切换为载波1+载波2。其中，载波1上的最优波束不变，载波2上的最优波束是否改变取决于步骤S930中UE是否移动。
应理解，该实现方式可以在不实时反馈载波2的信道信息的情况下正常通信，能够提高载波2的传输效率，减少使用载波2进行传输的时延，以及提升大带宽传输的比例。
可选地，该实现方式也可以用来指示UE从载波1切换为载波2，即UE可以仅在载波2上传输。如果步骤S930中UE未移动，则载波2上的最优波束不发生变化，还是步骤S910中的载波2的传输最优波束。如果步骤S930中UE移动，则载波2上的最优波束发生变化，即UE扫描载波2重新确定的实时(当前)最优波束，以用于资源调度。
S970，基站通过载波1和载波2上的最优波束进行传输和测量。
其中，载波2上的最优波束是在步骤S950后确定的实时最优波束。
一种实现方式，在UE在载波1上传输，且UE未发生移动时，载波2上的最优波束不发生变化，即基站在原来的载波2的最优波束上进行传输和测量。
另一种实现方式，在UE在载波1上传输，且UE发生移动时，载波2上的最优波束发生变化，即基站在UE重新扫描后确定的载波2的最优波束上进行传输和测量。
以上可能的实现方式仅仅是示例性说明，不应对本申请的技术方案构成任何限定。
综上所述，基站通过获取UE是否移动的标识，达到减少UE重新扫描最优波束的效果，从而降低UE在其他载波获取最优波束的时延，提升大带宽传输的比例。同时，还解决了其他无信道信息反馈载波信道信息未知的问题。
需要说明的是，针对UE传输大数据时，需要激活多个载波并进行信道测量。在获取信道测量结果之前，载波上的信道信息是未知的，导致多载波的传输速率下降，进而影响系统传输性能。因此，针对多载波的应用场景，为了更好地解决这一问题，实现上述图2至图9所述的无线通信方法，UE在与基站进行无线通信方法之前，首先需要完成初始接入的过程。也就是说，UE是处于无线资源控制连接RRC_CONNECTED状态与基站进行交互的。
应理解，本申请实施例通过多个下行载波中的一个下行载波发送预定义的信号类型。预定义的信号类型包括同步信号块SSB和剩余最小系统消息(remaining minimum system information，RMSI)。其中，RMSI也可以称为系统信息块1(system information block 1，SIB1)。SIB1中包括多个上行载波的信息和/或下行载波的信息，下行载波信息包括载波频率、载波的标识(比如索引)、控制资源集合0(CORESET0)的位置、载波可用的子 载波间隔(SCS)以及子载波间隔对应的可用资源块(resource block，RB)的起始位置和带宽中的一个或多个。其中，CORESET0是指公共控制资源块0。上行载波信息包括载波频率、载波的标识(比如索引)、载波可用的子载波间隔、子载波间隔对应的可用资源块RB的起始位置和带宽、随机接入信道(random access channel，RACH)资源中的一个或多个。其中，SIB1中的多个载波可以属于一个小区，也可以属于多个小区，本申请对此不作具体限定。
为保证本申请技术方案更加完整和清晰，下面分别从UE有一个或多个下行载波上配置了控制资源集合0(CORESET 0)，且有一个或多个上行载波配置了RACH资源等可能的实现方式，对多载波场景下UE完成初始接入的过程进行说明。
图10是UE进行初始接入的方法的一例示意图，在该实现方式中，UE只有一个下行载波上配置了控制资源集合0(CORESET 0)，且有一个或多个上行载波配置了RACH资源，具体实现步骤1000包括：
S1010，UE在第一上行载波的RACH资源上向基站发送前导码。其中，前导码的序列或者RACH资源的RB位置可以与UE预测在无线资源控制RRC连接态下使用的上行载波绑定。
可选地，UE在执行步骤S1010之前需要确定第一上行载波。
其中，该第一上行载波是从配置了RACH资源的一个或多个上行载波中任意选择的一个上行载波。
S1020，UE在第一下行载波上监听DCI。
其中，该DCI用于调度随机接入响应(random access response，RAR)，该第一下行载波配置了控制资源集合0(CORESET 0)。RAR用于指示UE在步骤S1010中发送的前导码是否被基站成功接收。并且，RAR用于指示发送随机接入消息3(Msg 3)的上行资源。
S1030，UE在第三上行载波上使用RAR中的上行资源调度向基站发送Msg3。
即UE根据RAR的授权，按指示的资源和格式在第三上行载波向基站发送Msg 3。
对应的，基站在第三上行载波接收来自UE的Msg 3。
一种可能的实现方式，UE在步骤S1020接收的RAR中可能携带指示信息，用于指示传输Msg3的上行载波为第三上行载波。该第三上行载波与第一上行载波可以相同，也可以不同，或者，第三上行载波可以与UE预测在RRC连接态下使用的上行载波相同，也可以不同，本申请对此不作具体限定。
另一种可能的实现方式，UE在步骤S1020接收的RAR中可以不携带指示信息，根据预定义方式确定第三上行载波，示例性的，第一上行载波为第三上行载波，或者与CORESET 0的下行载波处于相同频带的上行载波为第三上行载波，或者UE预测在RRC连接态下使用的上行载波为第三上行载波。
可选地，基站在第一下行载波上向UE发送初始接入完成的信令。
对应的，UE在第一下行载波上接收来自基站的初始接入完成的信令，以进入RRC连接态。
此时，初始接入完成的信令中包括UE工作的上下行载波的指示信息。或者根据协议 预定义的方式确定UE工作的上下行载波。示例性的，UE工作的下行载波为配置了CORESET 0的下行载波，即第一下行载波。示例性的，如果前导码的序列或者RACH资源的RB位置与UE预测在RRC连接态下使用的上行载波绑定，则UE工作的上行载波为该绑定的上行载波。或者UE工作的上行载波为UE发送前导码的上行载波，即第一上行载波。或者UE工作的上行载波为UE发送Msg3的上行载波，即第三上行载波。
该实现方式可以使能UE在不同上行载波上负载均衡，减少UE接入的时延，提高网络的灵活性。对于非竞争随机接入过程，基站也可以选择任一上行载波的随机接入资源发送给UE。
图11是UE进行初始接入的方法的另一例示意图，在该实现方式中，UE有多个下行载波上配置了控制资源集合0(CORESET0)，且有一个或多个上行载波配置了RACH资源，具体实现步骤1100包括：
S1110，UE在该第二上行载波的RACH资源上向基站发送前导码。
其中，前导码的序列或者RACH资源的RB位置可以与UE预测在无线资源控制RRC连接态下使用的上行载波绑定，也可以与UE预测在无线资源控制RRC连接态下使用的下行载波绑定。
可选地，UE在执行步骤S1110之前需要确定第二上行载波。
其中，该第二上行载波是从配置了RACH资源的一个或多个上行载波中任意选择的一个上行载波。S1120，UE在下行载波上监听DCI。
其中，DCI用于调度随机接入响应RAR，RAR在第二下行载波上传输。
可选地，UE在配置了CORESET0的多个下行载波上监听用于调度RAR的DCI。
可选地，如果前导码的序列或者RACH资源的RB位置与UE预测在RRC连接态下所使用的下行载波绑定，那么UE在该绑定的下行载波的CORESET0上监听调度RAR的DCI。
其中，RAR用于指示UE在步骤S1110中发送的前导码是否被基站成功接收。并且，RAR用于指示发送随机接入消息3(Msg 3)的上行资源。
S1130，UE在第四上行载波上使用RAR中的上行资源调度向基站发送Msg3。
即UE根据RAR的授权，按指示的资源和格式在第四上行载波向基站发送Msg 3。
对应的，基站在第四上行载波接收来自UE的Msg 3。
一种可能的实现方式，UE在步骤S1120接收的RAR中可能携带指示信息，用于指示传输Msg3的上行载波为第四上行载波。该第四上行载波与第二上行载波可以相同，也可以不同，或者，第四上行载波可以与UE预测在RRC连接态下使用的上行载波相同，也可以不同，本申请对此不作具体限定。
另一种可能的实现方式，UE在步骤S1120接收的RAR中可能不携带指示信息，根据协议预定义的方式确定第四上行载波，示例性的，第二上行载波为第四上行载波，或者与接收RAR的下行载波处于相同频带的上行载波为第四上行载波，或者UE预测在RRC连接态下使用的上行载波为第四上行载波。
可选地，基站在下行载波上向UE发送初始接入完成的信令。
对应的，UE在下行载波上接收来自基站的初始接入完成的信令，以进入RRC连接态。
其中，该下行载波与步骤S1120中基站发送RAR的下行载波相同，即为第二下行载 波。
此时，初始接入完成的信令中包括UE工作的上下行载波的指示信息。或者根据协议预定义的方式确定UE工作的上下行载波。示例性的，UE工作的下行载波为基站发送RAR的下行载波，即第二下行载波。或者如果前导码的序列或者RACH资源的RB位置与UE预测在RRC连接态下所使用的下行载波绑定，UE工作的下行载波为该绑定的下行载波。示例性的，如果前导码的序列或者RACH资源的RB位置与UE预测在RRC连接态下使用的上行载波绑定，则UE工作的上行载波为该绑定的上行载波。或者UE工作的上行载波为UE发送前导码的上行载波，即第二上行载波。或者UE工作的上行载波为UE发送Msg3的上行载波，即第四上行载波。
该实现方式可以使能UE在不同上下行载波上负载均衡，减少UE接入的时延，提高网络的灵活性。对于非竞争随机接入过程，基站也可以选择任一上下行载波的随机接入资源发送给UE。
综上所述，UE在完成初始接入后，与基站进行无线通信。基站通过获取UE在不同载波上的路损差异，可以达到基于一个载波的信道信息获得其他无信道信息反馈载波的信道信息的效果，提高在其他载波反馈信道相关信息前的传输效率，进而提升系统传输性能。
上文结合图1至图11，详细描述了本申请的无线通信方法实施例，下面将结合图12和图13，详细描述本申请的无线通信装置侧实施例。应理解，装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应，因此，未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。
图12是本申请实施例提供的无线通信装置的示意性框图。如图12所示，该无线通信装置1000可以包括处理单元1100和收发单元1200。
可选地，该无线通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备，例如，可以为终端设备，或者配置于终端设备中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。
应理解，该无线通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200、方法300方法400、方法500、方法600、方法700、方法800、方法900、方法1000和方法1100中的终端设备，该无线通信装置1000可以包括用于执行图2中的方法200或图3中的方法300或图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000或图11中的方法1100中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且，该无线通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200或图3中的方法300或图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000或图11中的方法1100的相应流程。
示例性的，收发单元1200，用于终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；
收发单元1200，还用于终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，第二信息用于指示第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，第二载波的信道信息是由第一载波的信道信息确定的。
示例性的，收发单元1200，还用于终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱 效率，第二关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；
处理单元1100，用于终端设备根据第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息确定第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
还应理解，该无线通信装置1000为终端设备时，该无线通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现，例如可对应于图13中示出的无线通信装置2000中的收发器2020，该无线通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现，例如可对应于图13中示出的无线通信装置2000中的处理器2010。
还应理解，该无线通信装置1000为配置于终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统时，该无线通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现，该无线通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。
可选地，该无线通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备，例如，可以为网络设备，或者配置于网络设备中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。
应理解，该无线通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200、方法300方法400、方法500、方法600、方法700、方法800、方法900、方法1000、方法1100中的网络设备，该无线通信装置1000可以包括用于执行图2中的方法200或图3中的方法300或图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000或图11中的方法1100中网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且，该无线通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法200或图3中的方法300或图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000或图11中的方法1100的相应流程。
示例性的，收发单元1200，用于网络设备在第一载波上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，第一信息用于确定第一载波的信道信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；
收发单元1200，还用于网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，第二信息用于指示第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，第二载波的信道信息由第一载波的信道信息确定。
示例性的，收发单元1200，用于网络设备向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，第一载波的信道信息包括第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，第二关联信息用于指示第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息，第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息用于确定第二载波的信道信息，第二载波的信道信息包括第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
还应理解，该无线通信装置1000为网络设备时，该无线通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现，例如可对应于图10中示出的无线通信装置2000中的收发器2020，该无线通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现，例如可对应于图10中示出的无线通信装置2000中的处理器2010。
还应理解，该无线通信装置1000为配置于网络设备中的芯片或芯片系统时，该无线通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现，该无线通信装 置1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。
图13是本申请实施例提供的无线通信装置2000的另一示意性框图。如图13所示，该无线通信装置2000包括处理器2010、收发器2020和存储器2030。其中，处理器2010、收发器2020和存储器2030通过内部连接通路互相通信，该存储器2030用于存储指令，该处理器2010用于执行该存储器2030存储的指令，以控制该收发器2020发送信号和/或接收信号。
应理解，该无线通信装置2000可以对应于上述方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备，并且可以用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备或终端设备执行的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地，该存储器2030可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。存储器2030可以是一个单独的器件，也可以集成在处理器2010中。该处理器2010可以用于执行存储器2030中存储的指令，并且当该处理器2010执行存储器中存储的指令时，该处理器2010用于执行上述与网络设备或终端设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。
可选地，该无线通信装置2000是前文实施例中的终端设备。
可选地，该无线通信装置2000是前文实施例中的网络设备。
其中，收发器2020可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器2020还可以进一步包括天线，天线的数量可以为一个或多个。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020可以是集成在不同芯片上的器件。如，处理器2010和存储器2030可以集成在基带芯片中，收发器2020可以集成在射频芯片中。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020也可以是集成在同一个芯片上的器件。本申请对此不作限定。
可选地，该无线通信装置2000是配置在终端设备中的部件，如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。
可选地，该无线通信装置2000是配置在网络设备中的部件，如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。
其中，收发器2020也可以是通信接口，如输入/输出接口、电路等。该收发器2020与处理器2010和存储器2020都可以集成在同一个芯片中，如集成在基带芯片中。
应理解，本申请实施例中，该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)，该处理器还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器，也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随 机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现，也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时，全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带；也可以是光介质，例如，数字视频光盘；还可以是半导体介质，例如，固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质，或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。
应理解，在上文各实施例中，各个实施例可以为独立的方案，也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合，这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。终端设备和/或网络设备可以执行各实施例中的部分或全部步骤。这些步骤或操作仅是示例，本申请还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外，各个步骤可以按照各实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行，并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。
可以理解的是，在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在 进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的两个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (35)

  1. 一种无线通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备在第一载波上向网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于确定所述第一载波的信道信息，所述第一载波的信道信息包括所述第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息，所述第二信息用于调度第二载波上的传输资源，所述第二信息用于指示所述第二载波的信道信息，所述第二载波的信道信息包括所述第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，所述第二载波的信道信息是由所述第一载波的信道信息确定的。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，所述第二载波的信道信息由所述第一关联信息和所述第一信息确定，所述第一关联信息用于指示所述第一载波和所述第二载波的信道之间的差异信息。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一关联信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
    W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
    其中，Δ为所述第二载波与所述第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为所述第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率，与所述第二载波的频谱效率对应的MCS索引取值范围为[V-2,V+1]。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一载波与所述第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
    Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
    其中，W为所述第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为所述第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：所述第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、所述第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、所述第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、所述第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在所述第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、所述通信设备是否成功解调所述第一载波上的信息。
  7. 一种无线通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，所述第一载波的信道信息包括所述第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，所述第二关联信息用于指示所述第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；
    所述终端设备根据所述第一载波的信道信息和所述第二关联信息确定所述第二载波 的信道信息，所述第二载波的信道信息包括所述第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二信息，所述第二信息用于调度所述第二载波上的传输资源；
    所述终端设备基于所述第二信息和所述第二载波信道信息，通过所述第二载波上的传输资源与所述网络设备通信。
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备在所述第一载波上向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于确定所述第一载波的信道信息。
  10. 根据权利要求7至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，所述第一关联信息用于确定所述第二关联信息，所述第一关联信息用于指示更新前的所述第一载波和所述第二载波的信道之间的差异信息。
  11. 根据权利要求7至10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一关联信息或所述第二关联信息中的至少一个包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
  12. 根据权利要求7至11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
    W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
    其中，Δ为所述第二载波与所述第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为所述第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率，与所述第二载波的频谱效率对应的MCS索引取值范围为[V-2,V+1]。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一载波与所述第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
    Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
    其中，W为所述第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为所述第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
  14. 根据权利要求8至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：所述第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、所述第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、所述第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、所述第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在所述第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、所述通信设备是否成功解调所述第一载波上的信息。
  15. 一种无线通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备在第一载波上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于确定所述第一载波的信道信息，所述第一载波的信道信息包括所述第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率；
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于调度所述第二载波上的传输资源，所述第二信息用于指示所述第二载波的信道信息，所述第二载波的信道信息包括所述第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率，所述第二载波的信道信息由所述第一载波的信道信 息确定。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第一信息确定所述第一载波的信道信息；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一载波的信道信息确定所述第二载波的信道信息。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，所述第一关联信息用于指示所述第一载波和所述第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一关联信息和所述第一信息确定所述第二载波的信道信息。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一关联信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
  19. 根据权利要求15至18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
    W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
    其中，Δ为所述第二载波与所述第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为所述第一载波的实时MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率，与所述第二载波的频谱效率对应的MCS索引取值范围为[V-2,V+1]。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一载波与所述第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
    Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
    其中，W为所述第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为所述第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
  21. 根据权利要求15至20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：所述第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、所述第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、所述第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、所述第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在所述第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、所述通信设备是否成功解调所述第一载波上的信息。
  22. 一种无线通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一载波的信道信息和第二关联信息，所述第一载波的信道信息包括所述第一载波的调制与编码方案MCS和/或频谱效率，所述第二关联信息用于指示所述第一载波和第二载波的信道之间的差异信息，所述第一载波的信道信息和所述第二关联信息用于确定所述第二载波的信道信息，所述第二载波的信道信息包括所述第二载波的MCS和/或频谱效率。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于调度所述第二载波上的传输资源。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定第一载波的信道信息，包括：
    所述网络设备在所述第一载波上接收来自所述网络设备的第一信息；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一信息确定所述第一载波的信道信息。
  25. 根据权利要求22至24中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备确定第二关联信息，包括：
    所述网络设备接收来自所述网络设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示第一关联信息，所述第一关联信息用于指示更新前的所述第一载波和所述第二载波的信道之间的差异信息；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一关联信息确定所述第二关联信息。
  26. 根据权利要求22至25中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一关联信息或所述第二关联信息中的至少一个包括以下信息中的一个或多个：传播路损差异、天线效率差异、最优波束差异、MCS对应关系、频谱效率的对应关系。
  27. 根据权利要求22至26中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二载波的频谱效率的取值范围为[0.8W,1.1W]，W满足：
    W＝log 2(1+10 Δ/10(2 z-1))
    其中，Δ为所述第二载波与所述第一载波之间的传播路损差异，Z为所述第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率，与所述第二载波的频谱效率对应的MCS索引取值范围为[V-2,V+1]。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一载波与所述第二载波的传播路损差异Δ满足：
    Δ＝10log 10((2 W-1)/(2 Z-1))
    其中，W为所述第二载波的MCS索引V所对应的频谱效率，Z为所述第一载波的MCS索引U所对应的频谱效率。
  29. 根据权利要求24至28中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个：所述第一载波的参考信号接收功率RSRP、所述第一载波的参考信号接收质量RSRQ、所述第一载波的信道质量指示CQI、所述第一载波的信道探测信号SRS、通信设备在所述第一载波上的肯定应答ACK或否定应答NACK信息、所述通信设备是否成功解调所述第一载波上的信息。
  30. 一种无线通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    用于实现权利要求1至6、7至14中任一项所述的方法的单元。
  31. 一种无线通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    用于实现权利要求15至21、22至29中任一项所述的方法的单元。
  32. 一种无线通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器，所述处理器与存储器耦合；所述处理器，用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至6、7至14中任一项所述的方法；或者，以使得所述装置执行如权利要求15至21、22至29中任一项所述的方法。
  33. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片的终端设备执行如权利要求1至6、7至14中任意一项所述的方法，和/或使得安装有所述芯片的网络设备执行如权利要求15至21、22至29中任意一项所述的方法。
  34. 一种计算机程序，其特征在于，所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时，实现如权利 要求1至29中任一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括：
    所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至6、7至14中任一项所述的方法；或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求15至21、22至29中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/116503 2021-09-06 2022-09-01 无线通信方法和通信装置 Ceased WO2023030443A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP22863578.5A EP4383913A4 (en) 2021-09-06 2022-09-01 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS
CA3231022A CA3231022A1 (en) 2021-09-06 2022-09-01 Wireless communication method and communication apparatus
JP2024514712A JP7716582B2 (ja) 2021-09-06 2022-09-01 ワイヤレス通信方法および通信装置
US18/594,759 US20240204908A1 (en) 2021-09-06 2024-03-04 Wireless communication method and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111040607.9 2021-09-06
CN202111040607.9A CN115776733A (zh) 2021-09-06 2021-09-06 无线通信方法和通信装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/594,759 Continuation US20240204908A1 (en) 2021-09-06 2024-03-04 Wireless communication method and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023030443A1 true WO2023030443A1 (zh) 2023-03-09

Family

ID=85387516

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/116503 Ceased WO2023030443A1 (zh) 2021-09-06 2022-09-01 无线通信方法和通信装置

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20240204908A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4383913A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7716582B2 (zh)
CN (1) CN115776733A (zh)
CA (1) CA3231022A1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2023030443A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240267763A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2024-08-08 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Wireless telecommunications network

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN120343746A (zh) * 2024-01-17 2025-07-18 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 通信方法、终端、网络设备及存储介质
WO2025241580A1 (en) * 2025-01-21 2025-11-27 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Frequency determination for d2r transmission in a-iot system

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102396270A (zh) * 2009-03-27 2012-03-28 华为技术有限公司 一种多载波系统发射功率的控制方法和装置
US20160020875A1 (en) * 2013-03-08 2016-01-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting/receiving signals using multiple carriers in wireless communication system and device therefor
US20180041301A1 (en) * 2015-02-09 2018-02-08 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) HARQ on PUSCH for Multiple Carriers
US20180049206A1 (en) * 2016-08-09 2018-02-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Power allocation across multiple carriers using shared and dedicated radio frequency spectrum
CN108811062A (zh) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、终端设备及网络设备
US20200107299A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Cross-carrier reference signal scheduling offset and threshold determination
WO2020237489A1 (zh) * 2019-05-27 2020-12-03 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN112272409A (zh) * 2017-06-30 2021-01-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 数据传输方法及相关产品
WO2021114193A1 (zh) * 2019-12-12 2021-06-17 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及通信装置

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5940850B2 (ja) * 2012-03-19 2016-06-29 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 通信システム、基地局装置、移動端末装置及び通信方法
JP2016158012A (ja) * 2015-02-23 2016-09-01 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 無線通信システム
US11201650B2 (en) * 2017-02-02 2021-12-14 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Wireless device, a network node and methods therein for handling beamformed communication links in a wireless communications network
CN109219066A (zh) * 2017-07-03 2019-01-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种无线通信方法、基站及用户设备
CN111684741B (zh) * 2018-02-09 2022-07-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 用于多层数据传输的方法和装置

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102396270A (zh) * 2009-03-27 2012-03-28 华为技术有限公司 一种多载波系统发射功率的控制方法和装置
US20160020875A1 (en) * 2013-03-08 2016-01-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting/receiving signals using multiple carriers in wireless communication system and device therefor
US20180041301A1 (en) * 2015-02-09 2018-02-08 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) HARQ on PUSCH for Multiple Carriers
US20180049206A1 (en) * 2016-08-09 2018-02-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Power allocation across multiple carriers using shared and dedicated radio frequency spectrum
CN108811062A (zh) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、终端设备及网络设备
CN112272409A (zh) * 2017-06-30 2021-01-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 数据传输方法及相关产品
US20200107299A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Cross-carrier reference signal scheduling offset and threshold determination
WO2020237489A1 (zh) * 2019-05-27 2020-12-03 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
WO2021114193A1 (zh) * 2019-12-12 2021-06-17 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及通信装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4383913A4

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240267763A1 (en) * 2021-09-24 2024-08-08 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Wireless telecommunications network
US12192796B2 (en) * 2021-09-24 2025-01-07 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Wireless telecommunications network

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2024534941A (ja) 2024-09-26
EP4383913A4 (en) 2024-12-25
CA3231022A1 (en) 2023-03-09
EP4383913A1 (en) 2024-06-12
US20240204908A1 (en) 2024-06-20
CN115776733A (zh) 2023-03-10
JP7716582B2 (ja) 2025-07-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11102744B2 (en) Downlink synchronization method, and apparatus and system cross-reference to related applications
CN112514509B (zh) 下行链路非授权部署的初始网络接入
CN114667705B (zh) 用于两步随机接入信道(rach)的物理上行链路共享信道(pusch)时机验证的系统和方法
US20220116924A1 (en) Secondary cell activation using temporary reference signals and beam selection
CN110291751B (zh) 用于在无线通信网络中关联载波的方法和装置
US10285146B2 (en) Base station and user terminal
WO2018171759A1 (zh) 一种信息传输方法和装置
US11910356B2 (en) Coverage-level-based paging carrier selection techniques
US12349202B2 (en) Random access channel transmission for frame based equipment (FBE) mode
CN114208272A (zh) 网络切片可用性检查和指示
WO2023030514A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和通信装置
JP7716582B2 (ja) ワイヤレス通信方法および通信装置
US20240251438A1 (en) Channel access method, and device and storage medium
CN114631384B (zh) 用于新无线电非许可（nr-u）的基于帧的设备（fbe）结构
WO2019029333A1 (zh) 一种资源调度方法及装置
TW202027553A (zh) 用於共享通訊通道之方法及設備
WO2020248143A1 (zh) 监听控制信道的方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2023050472A1 (zh) 用于寻呼的方法和装置
CN114514787B (zh) 信道占用测量的灵活配置
CN115735385A (zh) 功率模式配置之间的动态切换
WO2017132986A1 (zh) 传输控制数据的方法和装置
CN117121428A (zh) 对ue特定pdcch监测机会的确定
WO2024065538A1 (zh) 开关控制方法、信息指示方法、转发器和网络设备
KR20240071378A (ko) 주기적 포지셔닝 보고 강화
CN114175816B (zh) 用于无线通信的方法和装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22863578

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3231022

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2024514712

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202437018992

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022863578

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240308

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE